1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr, S); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1093 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1094 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1095 return Result; 1096 } 1097 1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1099 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1100 } 1101 1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1104 /// 1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1106 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1107 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1108 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1109 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1110 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1111 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1112 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1113 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1114 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1115 // namespace. 1116 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1117 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1118 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1119 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1120 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1121 1122 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1123 1124 #ifndef NDEBUG 1125 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1126 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1127 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1128 #endif 1129 1130 CurContext = DC; 1131 S->setEntity(DC); 1132 } 1133 1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1135 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1136 1137 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1138 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1139 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1140 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1141 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1142 1143 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1144 // disappear. 1145 } 1146 1147 1148 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1149 // We assume that the caller has already called 1150 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1151 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1152 if (!FD) 1153 return; 1154 1155 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1156 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1157 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1158 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1159 CurContext = FD; 1160 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1161 1162 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1163 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1164 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1165 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1166 S->AddDecl(Param); 1167 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1168 } 1169 } 1170 } 1171 1172 1173 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1174 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1175 // rather than the top-level class. 1176 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1177 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1178 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1179 } 1180 1181 1182 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1183 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1184 /// 1185 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1186 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1187 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1188 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1189 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1190 /// attribute. 1191 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1192 ASTContext &Context) { 1193 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1194 return true; 1195 1196 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1197 return true; 1198 1199 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1200 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1201 } 1202 1203 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1204 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1205 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1206 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1207 // scope. 1208 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1209 S = S->getParent(); 1210 1211 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1212 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1213 // into any context. 1214 if (AddToContext) 1215 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1216 1217 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1218 // are function-local declarations. 1219 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1220 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1221 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1222 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1223 return; 1224 1225 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1226 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1227 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1228 return; 1229 1230 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1231 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1232 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1233 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1234 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1235 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1236 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1237 1238 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1239 break; 1240 } 1241 } 1242 1243 S->AddDecl(D); 1244 1245 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1246 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1247 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1248 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1249 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1250 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1251 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1252 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1253 continue; 1254 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1255 break; 1256 } 1257 1258 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1259 } else { 1260 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1265 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1266 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1267 } 1268 1269 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1270 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1271 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1272 } 1273 1274 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1275 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1276 do { 1277 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1278 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1279 return S; 1280 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1281 1282 return nullptr; 1283 } 1284 1285 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1286 DeclContext*, 1287 ASTContext&); 1288 1289 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1290 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1291 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1292 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1293 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1294 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1295 while (F.hasNext()) { 1296 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1297 1298 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1299 continue; 1300 1301 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1302 continue; 1303 1304 F.erase(); 1305 } 1306 1307 F.done(); 1308 } 1309 1310 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1311 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1312 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1313 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1314 } 1315 1316 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1317 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1318 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1319 while (F.hasNext()) 1320 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1321 F.erase(); 1322 1323 F.done(); 1324 } 1325 1326 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1327 /// @code 1328 /// class S { 1329 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1330 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1331 /// }; 1332 /// @endcode 1333 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1334 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1335 // the decl here. 1336 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1337 return false; 1338 1339 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1340 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1341 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1342 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 // We need this to handle 1347 // 1348 // typedef struct { 1349 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1350 // } A; 1351 // 1352 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1353 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1354 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1355 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1356 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1357 // not. 1358 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1359 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1360 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1361 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1362 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1363 return true; 1364 } 1365 DC = DC->getParent(); 1366 } 1367 1368 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1369 } 1370 1371 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1372 // these semantics. 1373 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1374 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1375 return false; 1376 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1377 } 1378 1379 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1380 assert(D); 1381 1382 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1383 return false; 1384 1385 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1386 // of members of class templates. 1387 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1388 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1389 return false; 1390 1391 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1392 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1393 return false; 1394 1395 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1396 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1397 return false; 1398 } else { 1399 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1400 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1401 return false; 1402 } 1403 1404 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1405 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1406 return false; 1407 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1408 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1409 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1410 // like "inline".) 1411 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1415 return false; 1416 1417 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1418 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1419 return false; 1420 } else { 1421 return false; 1422 } 1423 1424 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1425 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1426 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1427 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1428 } 1429 1430 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1431 if (!D) 1432 return; 1433 1434 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1435 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1436 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1437 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1438 } 1439 1440 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1441 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1442 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1443 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1444 } 1445 1446 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1447 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1448 } 1449 1450 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1451 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1455 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1456 return false; 1457 1458 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1459 return true; 1460 1461 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1462 // functions. 1463 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1464 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1465 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1466 WithinFunction = 1467 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1468 if (!WithinFunction) 1469 return false; 1470 1471 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1472 return true; 1473 1474 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1475 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1476 return false; 1477 1478 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1479 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1480 1481 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1482 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1483 1484 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1485 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1486 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1487 return false; 1488 } 1489 1490 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1491 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1492 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1493 return false; 1494 1495 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1496 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1497 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1498 return false; 1499 1500 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1501 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1502 return false; 1503 1504 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1505 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1506 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1507 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1508 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1509 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1510 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1511 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1512 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1513 return false; 1514 } 1515 } 1516 } 1517 } 1518 1519 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1520 } 1521 1522 return true; 1523 } 1524 1525 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1526 FixItHint &Hint) { 1527 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1528 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1529 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1530 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1531 return; 1532 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1533 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1534 } 1535 return; 1536 } 1537 1538 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1539 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1540 return; 1541 1542 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1543 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1545 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1546 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1547 } 1548 } 1549 1550 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1551 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1552 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1553 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1554 return; 1555 1556 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1557 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1558 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1559 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1560 return; 1561 } 1562 1563 FixItHint Hint; 1564 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1565 1566 unsigned DiagID; 1567 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1569 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1571 else 1572 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1573 1574 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1575 } 1576 1577 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1578 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1579 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1580 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1581 // MS inline assembly label name. 1582 bool Diagnose = false; 1583 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1584 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1585 else 1586 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1587 if (Diagnose) 1588 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1589 } 1590 1591 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1592 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1593 1594 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1595 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1596 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1597 1598 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1599 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1600 1601 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1602 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1603 1604 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1605 1606 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1607 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1608 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1609 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1610 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1611 } 1612 1613 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1614 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1615 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1616 1617 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1618 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1619 } 1620 } 1621 1622 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1625 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1626 /// to the fixed name. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1629 /// 1630 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1631 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1632 /// 1633 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1634 /// class could not be found. 1635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1636 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1637 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1638 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1639 // creation from this context. 1640 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1641 1642 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1643 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1644 // find an Objective-C class name. 1645 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1646 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1647 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1648 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1649 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1650 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1651 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1655 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1656 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1657 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1658 return Def; 1659 } 1660 1661 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1662 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1663 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1664 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1665 /// ill-formed in C++: 1666 /// @code 1667 /// struct S6 { 1668 /// enum { BAR } e; 1669 /// }; 1670 /// 1671 /// void test_S6() { 1672 /// struct S6 a; 1673 /// a.e = BAR; 1674 /// } 1675 /// @endcode 1676 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1677 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1678 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1679 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1680 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1681 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1682 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1683 /// contain non-field names. 1684 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1685 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1686 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1687 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1688 S = S->getParent(); 1689 return S; 1690 } 1691 1692 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1693 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1694 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1695 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1696 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1697 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1698 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1699 return; 1700 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1701 1702 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1703 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1704 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1705 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1706 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1707 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1708 } 1709 1710 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1711 switch (Error) { 1712 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1713 return ""; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1715 return "stdio.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1717 return "setjmp.h"; 1718 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1719 return "ucontext.h"; 1720 } 1721 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1722 } 1723 1724 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1725 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1726 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1727 /// built-in. 1728 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1729 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1730 SourceLocation Loc) { 1731 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1732 1733 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1734 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1735 if (Error) { 1736 if (ForRedeclaration) 1737 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1738 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1739 return nullptr; 1740 } 1741 1742 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1743 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1744 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1746 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1747 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1749 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1750 } 1751 1752 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1754 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1756 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1757 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1758 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1759 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1760 } 1761 1762 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1763 Parent, 1764 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1765 SC_Extern, 1766 false, 1767 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1768 New->setImplicit(); 1769 1770 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1771 // FunctionDecl. 1772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1773 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1775 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1776 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1777 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1778 SC_None, nullptr); 1779 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1780 Params.push_back(parm); 1781 } 1782 New->setParams(Params); 1783 } 1784 1785 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1786 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1787 1788 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1789 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1790 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1791 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1792 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1793 CurContext = Parent; 1794 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1795 CurContext = SavedContext; 1796 return New; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1800 /// entity if their types are the same. 1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1802 /// isSameEntity. 1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1804 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1805 LookupResult &Previous) { 1806 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1807 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1808 return; 1809 1810 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1811 if (Previous.empty()) 1812 return; 1813 1814 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1815 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1816 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1817 1818 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1819 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1820 continue; 1821 1822 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1823 // different linkages. 1824 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1825 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1826 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1827 continue; 1828 1829 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1830 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1831 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1832 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 1836 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1837 Filter.erase(); 1838 } 1839 1840 Filter.done(); 1841 } 1842 1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1844 QualType OldType; 1845 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1846 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1847 else 1848 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1849 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1850 1851 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1852 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1853 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1854 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1855 << Kind << NewType; 1856 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1858 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1859 return true; 1860 } 1861 1862 if (OldType != NewType && 1863 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1864 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1865 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1866 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1867 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1868 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1869 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1870 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1871 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1872 return true; 1873 } 1874 return false; 1875 } 1876 1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1881 /// 1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1883 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1884 // merging checks. 1885 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1886 1887 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1888 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1889 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1890 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1891 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1892 default: break; 1893 case 2: 1894 { 1895 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1896 break; 1897 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1898 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1899 break; 1900 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1901 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1902 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1903 break; 1904 } 1905 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1906 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1907 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1908 return; 1909 } 1910 case 5: 1911 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1912 break; 1913 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1914 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1915 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1916 return; 1917 case 3: 1918 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1919 break; 1920 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1926 } 1927 1928 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1929 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1930 if (!Old) { 1931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1932 << New->getDeclName(); 1933 1934 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1935 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1936 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1937 1938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1939 } 1940 1941 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1942 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1943 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1944 1945 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1946 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1947 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1948 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1950 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1951 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1952 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1953 // instead of our tag. 1954 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1955 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1956 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1957 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1958 else 1959 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1960 1961 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1962 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1963 } 1964 } 1965 1966 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1967 // with any extensions enabled. 1968 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1969 return; 1970 1971 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1972 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1973 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1974 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1975 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1976 } 1977 1978 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1979 return; 1980 1981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1982 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1983 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1984 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1985 // to the type to which it already refers. 1986 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1987 return; 1988 1989 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1990 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1991 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1992 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1993 // 1994 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1995 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1996 // 1997 // struct S { 1998 // typedef struct A { } A; 1999 // }; 2000 // 2001 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2002 // allow the above but disallow 2003 // 2004 // struct S { 2005 // typedef int I; 2006 // typedef int I; 2007 // }; 2008 // 2009 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2010 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2011 return; 2012 2013 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2014 << New->getDeclName(); 2015 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2016 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2017 } 2018 2019 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2020 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2021 return; 2022 2023 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2024 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2025 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2026 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2027 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2028 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2029 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2030 return; 2031 2032 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2033 << New->getDeclName(); 2034 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2035 } 2036 2037 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2038 /// attribute. 2039 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2040 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2041 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2042 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2043 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2044 if (Ann) { 2045 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2046 return true; 2047 continue; 2048 } 2049 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2050 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2051 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2052 return true; 2053 } 2054 2055 return false; 2056 } 2057 2058 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2059 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2060 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2061 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2062 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2063 return true; 2064 } 2065 2066 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2067 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2068 /// 2069 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2070 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2071 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2072 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2073 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2074 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2075 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2076 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2077 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2078 // in a case like: 2079 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2080 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2081 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2082 // definition in such a case. 2083 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2084 return false; 2085 2086 if (I->isAlignas()) 2087 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2088 2089 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2090 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2091 OldAlign = Align; 2092 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2093 } 2094 } 2095 2096 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2097 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2098 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2099 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2100 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2101 return false; 2102 2103 if (I->isAlignas()) 2104 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2105 2106 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2107 if (Align > NewAlign) 2108 NewAlign = Align; 2109 } 2110 2111 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2112 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2113 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2114 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2115 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2116 2117 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2118 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2119 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2120 QualType Ty; 2121 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2122 Ty = VD->getType(); 2123 else 2124 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2125 2126 if (OldAlign == 0) 2127 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2128 if (NewAlign == 0) 2129 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2130 } 2131 2132 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2133 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2134 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2135 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2136 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2137 } 2138 } 2139 2140 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2141 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2142 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2143 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2144 // equivalent alignment. 2145 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2146 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2147 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2148 // have no alignment specifier. 2149 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2150 << OldAlignasAttr; 2151 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2152 << OldAlignasAttr; 2153 } 2154 2155 bool AnyAdded = false; 2156 2157 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2158 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2159 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2160 Clone->setInherited(true); 2161 New->addAttr(Clone); 2162 AnyAdded = true; 2163 } 2164 2165 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2166 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2167 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2168 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2169 Clone->setInherited(true); 2170 New->addAttr(Clone); 2171 AnyAdded = true; 2172 } 2173 2174 return AnyAdded; 2175 } 2176 2177 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2178 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2179 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2180 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2181 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2182 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2183 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2184 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2185 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2186 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2187 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2188 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2189 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2190 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2191 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2192 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2193 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2194 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2195 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2196 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2197 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2198 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2199 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2200 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2201 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2202 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2203 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2204 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2205 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2206 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2207 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2208 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2209 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2210 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2211 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2212 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2213 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2216 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2217 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2219 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2220 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2221 NewAttr = nullptr; 2222 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2223 NewAttr = nullptr; 2224 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2225 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2226 2227 if (NewAttr) { 2228 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2229 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2230 return true; 2231 } 2232 2233 return false; 2234 } 2235 2236 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2237 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2238 return TD->getDefinition(); 2239 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2240 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2241 if (Def) 2242 return Def; 2243 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2244 } 2245 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2246 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2247 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2248 return Def; 2249 } 2250 return nullptr; 2251 } 2252 2253 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2254 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2255 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2256 return true; 2257 return false; 2258 } 2259 2260 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2261 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2262 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2263 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2264 return; 2265 2266 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2267 if (!Def || Def == New) 2268 return; 2269 2270 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2271 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2272 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2273 2274 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2275 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2276 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2277 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2278 2279 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2280 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2281 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2282 --E; 2283 continue; 2284 } 2285 } else { 2286 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2287 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2288 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2289 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2290 : diag::err_redefinition; 2291 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2292 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2293 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2294 } 2295 ++I; 2296 continue; 2297 } 2298 2299 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2300 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2301 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2302 ++I; 2303 continue; 2304 } 2305 } 2306 2307 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2308 ++I; 2309 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2310 } 2311 2312 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2313 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2314 ++I; 2315 continue; 2316 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2317 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2318 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2319 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2320 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2321 // equivalent alignment. 2322 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2323 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2324 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2325 // have no alignment specifier. 2326 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2327 << AA; 2328 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2329 << AA; 2330 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2331 --E; 2332 continue; 2333 } 2334 } 2335 2336 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2337 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2338 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2339 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2340 --E; 2341 } 2342 } 2343 2344 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2345 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2346 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2347 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2348 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2349 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2350 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2351 } 2352 2353 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2354 return; 2355 2356 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2357 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2358 2359 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2360 return; 2361 2362 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2363 2364 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2365 // we process them. 2366 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2367 2368 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2369 bool Override = false; 2370 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2371 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2372 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2373 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2374 switch (AMK) { 2375 case AMK_None: 2376 continue; 2377 2378 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2379 break; 2380 2381 case AMK_Override: 2382 Override = true; 2383 break; 2384 } 2385 } 2386 2387 // Already handled. 2388 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2389 continue; 2390 2391 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2392 foundAny = true; 2393 } 2394 2395 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2396 foundAny = true; 2397 2398 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2399 } 2400 2401 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2402 /// to the new one. 2403 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2404 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2405 Sema &S) { 2406 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2407 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2408 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2409 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2410 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2411 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2412 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2413 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2414 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2415 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2416 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2417 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2418 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2419 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2420 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2421 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2422 } 2423 2424 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2425 return; 2426 2427 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2428 2429 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2430 // done before we process them. 2431 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2432 2433 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2434 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2435 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2436 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2437 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2438 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2439 foundAny = true; 2440 } 2441 } 2442 2443 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2444 } 2445 2446 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2447 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2448 Sema &S) { 2449 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2450 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2451 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2452 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2453 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2454 *Newnullability, 2455 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2456 != 0)) 2457 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2458 *Oldnullability, 2459 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2460 != 0)); 2461 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2462 } 2463 } else { 2464 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2465 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2466 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2467 NewT, NewT); 2468 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2469 } 2470 } 2471 } 2472 2473 namespace { 2474 2475 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2476 /// C. 2477 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2478 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2479 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2480 QualType PromotedType; 2481 }; 2482 2483 } 2484 2485 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2486 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2487 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2488 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2489 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2490 2491 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2492 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2493 2494 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2495 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2496 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2497 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2498 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2499 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2500 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2501 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2502 } 2503 2504 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2505 } 2506 2507 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2508 // declaration, or a declaration. 2509 template <typename T> 2510 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2511 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2512 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2513 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2514 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2515 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2516 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2517 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2518 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2519 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2520 } else 2521 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2522 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2523 } 2524 2525 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2526 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2527 /// GNU89 mode. 2528 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2529 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2530 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2531 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2532 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2533 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2534 } 2535 2536 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2537 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2538 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2539 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2540 return AT; 2541 } 2542 2543 template <typename T> 2544 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2545 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2546 if (DC->isRecord()) 2547 return false; 2548 2549 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2550 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2551 return true; 2552 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2553 return true; 2554 return false; 2555 } 2556 2557 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2558 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2559 2560 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2561 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2562 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2563 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2564 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2565 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2566 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2567 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2568 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2569 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2570 // and function templates; or 2571 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2572 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2573 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2574 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2575 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2576 2577 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2578 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2579 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2580 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2581 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2582 2583 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2584 if (Old && 2585 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2586 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2587 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2588 Old = nullptr; 2589 2590 if (!Old) { 2591 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2592 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2593 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2594 return true; 2595 } 2596 return false; 2597 } 2598 2599 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2600 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2601 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2602 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2603 /// 2604 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2605 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2606 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2607 /// merged with. 2608 /// 2609 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2610 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2611 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2612 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2613 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2614 if (!Old) { 2615 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2616 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2618 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2619 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2620 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2621 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2622 return true; 2623 } 2624 2625 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2626 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2627 return true; 2628 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2629 } else { 2630 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2631 << New->getDeclName(); 2632 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2633 return true; 2634 } 2635 } 2636 2637 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2638 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2639 return true; 2640 2641 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2642 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2643 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2644 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2645 2646 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2647 // is an extern inline function. 2648 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2649 // storage classes. 2650 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2651 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2652 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2653 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2654 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2655 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2656 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2657 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2658 } else { 2659 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2660 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2661 return true; 2662 } 2663 } 2664 2665 2666 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2667 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2668 // convention of the first. 2669 // 2670 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2671 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2672 // 2673 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2674 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2675 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2676 // 2677 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2678 // other tests to run. 2679 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2680 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2681 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2682 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2683 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2684 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2685 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2686 2687 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2688 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2689 const FunctionType *FT = 2690 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2691 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2692 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2693 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2694 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2695 // there but not here. 2696 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2697 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2698 } else { 2699 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2700 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2701 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2702 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2703 << !FirstCCExplicit 2704 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2705 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2706 2707 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2708 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2709 return true; 2710 } 2711 } 2712 2713 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2714 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2715 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2716 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2717 } 2718 2719 // Merge regparm attribute. 2720 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2721 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2722 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2723 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2724 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2725 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2726 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2727 return true; 2728 } 2729 2730 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2731 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2732 } 2733 2734 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2735 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2736 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2737 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2738 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2739 return true; 2740 } 2741 2742 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2743 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2744 } 2745 2746 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2747 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2748 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2749 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2750 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2751 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2752 } 2753 2754 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2755 // UndefinedButUsed. 2756 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2757 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2758 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2759 Old->isUsed(false) && 2760 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2761 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2762 SourceLocation())); 2763 2764 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2765 // about it. 2766 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2767 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2768 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2769 } 2770 2771 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2772 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2773 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2774 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2775 // cannot be overloaded. 2776 2777 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2778 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2779 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2780 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2781 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2782 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2783 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2784 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2785 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2786 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2787 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2788 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2789 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2790 QualType ResQT; 2791 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2792 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2793 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2794 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2795 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2796 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2797 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2798 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2799 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2800 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2801 else 2802 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2803 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2804 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2805 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2806 return true; 2807 } 2808 else 2809 NewQType = ResQT; 2810 } 2811 2812 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2813 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2814 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2815 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2816 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2817 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2818 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2819 New->setType( 2820 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2821 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2822 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2823 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2824 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2825 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2826 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2827 } 2828 } 2829 2830 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2831 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2832 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2833 // Preserve triviality. 2834 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2835 2836 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2837 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2838 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2839 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2840 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2841 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2842 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2843 2844 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2845 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2846 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2847 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2848 // is a static member function declaration. 2849 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2850 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2851 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2852 return true; 2853 } 2854 2855 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2856 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2857 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2858 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2859 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2860 unsigned NewDiag; 2861 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2862 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2863 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2864 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2865 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2866 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2867 else 2868 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2869 2870 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2871 } else { 2872 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2873 << New << New->getType(); 2874 } 2875 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2876 return true; 2877 2878 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2879 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2880 // 2881 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2882 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2883 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2884 if (isFriend) { 2885 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2886 } else { 2887 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2888 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2889 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2890 return true; 2891 } 2892 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2893 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2894 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2895 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2896 return true; 2897 } 2898 } 2899 2900 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2901 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2902 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2903 // attribute. 2904 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2905 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2906 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2907 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2908 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2909 } 2910 2911 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2912 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2913 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2914 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2915 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2916 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2917 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2918 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2919 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2920 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2921 } 2922 2923 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2924 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2925 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2926 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2927 2928 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2929 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2930 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2931 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2932 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2933 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2934 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2935 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2936 } 2937 2938 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2939 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2940 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2941 // 2942 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2943 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2944 // linkage within class scope. 2945 // 2946 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2947 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2948 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2949 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2950 } else { 2951 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2952 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2953 return true; 2954 } 2955 } 2956 2957 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2958 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2959 2960 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2961 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2962 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2963 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2964 // when we instantiate the function. 2965 return false; 2966 } 2967 2968 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2969 } 2970 2971 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2972 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2973 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2974 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2975 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2976 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2977 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2978 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2979 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2980 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2981 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2982 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2983 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2984 NewQType = 2985 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2986 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2987 New->setType(NewQType); 2988 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2989 2990 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2991 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2992 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2993 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2994 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2995 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2996 SC_None, nullptr); 2997 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2998 Param->setImplicit(); 2999 Params.push_back(Param); 3000 } 3001 3002 New->setParams(Params); 3003 } 3004 3005 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3006 } 3007 3008 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3009 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3010 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3011 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3012 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3013 // the prototype. 3014 // 3015 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3016 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3017 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3018 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3019 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3020 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3021 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3022 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3023 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3024 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3025 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3026 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3027 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3028 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3029 3030 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3031 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3032 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3033 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3034 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3035 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3036 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3037 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3038 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3039 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3040 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3041 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3042 NewParm->getType(), 3043 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3044 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3045 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3046 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3047 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3048 } else 3049 LooseCompatible = false; 3050 } 3051 3052 if (LooseCompatible) { 3053 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3054 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3055 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3056 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3057 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3058 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3059 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3060 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3061 } 3062 3063 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3064 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3065 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3066 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3067 } 3068 3069 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3070 } 3071 3072 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3073 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3074 3075 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3076 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3077 unsigned BuiltinID; 3078 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3079 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3080 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3081 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3083 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3084 << Old << Old->getType(); 3085 3086 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3087 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3088 // 3089 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3090 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3091 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3092 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3093 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3094 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3095 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3096 3097 return false; 3098 } 3099 3100 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3101 } 3102 3103 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3104 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3105 return true; 3106 } 3107 3108 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3109 /// known to be compatible. 3110 /// 3111 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3112 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3113 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3114 /// redeclaration of Old. 3115 /// 3116 /// \returns false 3117 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3118 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3119 // Merge the attributes 3120 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3121 3122 // Merge "pure" flag. 3123 if (Old->isPure()) 3124 New->setPure(); 3125 3126 // Merge "used" flag. 3127 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3128 New->setIsUsed(); 3129 3130 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3131 // declarations. 3132 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3133 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3134 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3135 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3136 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3137 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3138 } 3139 3140 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3141 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3142 3143 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3144 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3145 // was visible. 3146 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3147 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3148 New->setType(Merged); 3149 3150 return false; 3151 } 3152 3153 3154 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3155 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3156 3157 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3158 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3159 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3160 : AMK_Override; 3161 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3162 3163 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3164 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3165 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3166 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3167 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3168 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3169 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3170 3171 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3172 } 3173 3174 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3175 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3176 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3177 /// 3178 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3179 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3180 /// is attached. 3181 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3182 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3183 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3184 return; 3185 3186 QualType MergedT; 3187 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3188 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3189 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3190 return; 3191 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3192 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3193 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3194 } 3195 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3196 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3197 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3198 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3199 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3200 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3201 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3202 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3203 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3204 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3205 NewArray->getElementType())) 3206 MergedT = New->getType(); 3207 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3208 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3209 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3210 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3211 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3212 NewArray->getElementType())) 3213 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3214 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3215 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3216 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3217 Old->getType()); 3218 } 3219 } else { 3220 // C 6.2.7p2: 3221 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3222 // compatible type. 3223 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3224 } 3225 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3226 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3227 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3228 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3229 // equivalent. 3230 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3231 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3232 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3233 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3234 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3235 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3236 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3237 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3238 return; 3239 } 3240 3241 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3242 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3243 // 3244 // extern int arr[]; 3245 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3246 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3247 // 3248 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3249 // to diagnose it. 3250 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3251 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3252 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3253 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3254 3255 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3256 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3257 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3258 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3259 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3260 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3261 } 3262 3263 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3264 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3265 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3266 New->setType(MergedT); 3267 } 3268 3269 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3270 LookupResult &Previous) { 3271 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3272 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3273 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3274 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3275 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3276 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3277 // 3278 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3279 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3280 return false; 3281 3282 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3283 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3284 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3285 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3286 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3287 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3288 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3289 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3290 } else { 3291 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3292 // type unless we're in the same function. 3293 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3294 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3295 } 3296 } 3297 3298 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3299 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3300 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3301 /// 3302 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3303 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3304 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3305 /// 3306 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3307 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3308 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3309 return; 3310 3311 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3312 3313 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3314 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3315 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3316 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3317 if (NewTemplate) { 3318 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3319 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3320 3321 if (auto *Shadow = 3322 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3323 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3324 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3325 } else { 3326 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3327 3328 if (auto *Shadow = 3329 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3330 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3331 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3332 } 3333 } 3334 if (!Old) { 3335 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3336 << New->getDeclName(); 3337 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3338 diag::note_previous_definition); 3339 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3340 } 3341 3342 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3343 return; 3344 3345 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3346 if (NewTemplate && 3347 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3348 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3349 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3350 return; 3351 3352 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3353 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3354 // 3355 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3356 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3357 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3358 << New->getIdentifier(); 3359 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3360 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3361 } 3362 3363 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3364 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3365 // declaration 3366 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3367 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3368 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3369 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3370 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3371 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3372 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3373 } 3374 3375 // Merge the types. 3376 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3377 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3378 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3379 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3380 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3381 return; 3382 } 3383 3384 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3385 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3386 return; 3387 3388 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3389 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3390 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3391 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3392 3393 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3394 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3395 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3396 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3397 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3398 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3399 << New->getDeclName(); 3400 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3401 } else { 3402 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3403 << New->getDeclName(); 3404 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3405 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3406 } 3407 } 3408 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3409 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3410 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3411 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3412 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3413 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3414 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3415 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3416 // identifier has external linkage. 3417 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3418 /* Okay */; 3419 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3420 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3421 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3422 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3423 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3424 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3425 } 3426 3427 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3428 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3429 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3430 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3431 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3432 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3433 } 3434 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3435 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3436 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3437 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3438 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3439 } 3440 3441 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3442 3443 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3444 // need to check for mismatches. 3445 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3446 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3447 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3448 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3449 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3450 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3451 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3452 } 3453 3454 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3455 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3456 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3457 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3458 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3459 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3460 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3461 } else { 3462 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3463 // static and dynamic initialization. 3464 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3465 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3466 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3467 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3468 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3469 } 3470 } 3471 3472 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3473 VarDecl *Def; 3474 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3475 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3476 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3477 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3478 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3479 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3480 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3481 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3482 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3483 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3484 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3485 } else { 3486 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3487 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3488 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3489 return; 3490 } 3491 } 3492 3493 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3494 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3495 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3496 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3497 return; 3498 } 3499 3500 // Merge "used" flag. 3501 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3502 New->setIsUsed(); 3503 3504 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3505 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3506 if (NewTemplate) 3507 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3508 3509 // Inherit access appropriately. 3510 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3511 if (NewTemplate) 3512 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3513 } 3514 3515 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3516 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3517 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3518 DeclSpec &DS) { 3519 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3520 } 3521 3522 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3523 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3524 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3525 // compatibility. 3526 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3527 // targeted. 3528 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3529 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3530 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3531 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3532 } 3533 3534 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3535 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3536 return; 3537 3538 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3539 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3540 // it is anonymous. 3541 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3542 return; 3543 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3544 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3545 Context.setManglingNumber( 3546 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3547 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3548 return; 3549 } 3550 3551 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3552 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3553 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3554 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3555 Context.setManglingNumber( 3556 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3557 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3558 } 3559 } 3560 3561 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3562 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3563 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3564 return; 3565 3566 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3567 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3568 return; 3569 3570 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3571 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3572 3573 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3574 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3575 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3576 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3577 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3578 return; 3579 } 3580 3581 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3582 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3583 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3584 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3585 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3586 // for how to handle it. 3587 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3588 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3589 3590 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3591 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3592 3593 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3594 textToInsert += ' '; 3595 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3596 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3597 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3598 return; 3599 } 3600 3601 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3602 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3603 } 3604 3605 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3606 switch (T) { 3607 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3608 return 0; 3609 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3610 return 1; 3611 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3612 return 2; 3613 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3614 return 3; 3615 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3616 return 4; 3617 default: 3618 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3619 } 3620 } 3621 3622 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3623 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3624 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3625 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3626 DeclSpec &DS, 3627 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3628 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3629 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3630 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3631 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3632 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3633 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3634 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3635 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3636 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3637 3638 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3639 return nullptr; 3640 3641 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3642 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3643 // it's a Type. 3644 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3645 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3646 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3647 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3648 } 3649 3650 if (Tag) { 3651 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3652 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3653 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3654 return Tag; 3655 } 3656 3657 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3658 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3659 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3660 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3661 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3662 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3663 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3664 } 3665 3666 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3667 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3668 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3669 if (Tag) 3670 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3671 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3672 else 3673 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3674 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3675 return TagD; 3676 } 3677 3678 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3679 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3680 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3681 // its initializer. 3682 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3683 return TagD; 3684 } 3685 3686 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3687 3688 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3689 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3690 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3691 if (TagD && !Tag) 3692 return nullptr; 3693 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3694 } 3695 3696 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3697 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3698 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3699 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3700 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3701 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3702 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3703 // or an explicit specialization. 3704 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3705 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3706 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3707 return nullptr; 3708 } 3709 3710 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3711 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3712 3713 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3714 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3715 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3716 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3717 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3718 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3719 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3720 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3721 3722 DeclaresAnything = false; 3723 } 3724 } 3725 3726 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3727 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3728 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3729 // 3730 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3731 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3732 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3733 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3734 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3735 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3736 // struct STRUCT; 3737 // union UNION; 3738 // and 3739 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3740 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3741 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3742 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3743 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3744 if (Tag) 3745 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3746 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3747 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3748 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3749 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3750 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3751 3752 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3753 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3754 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3755 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3756 } 3757 3758 DeclaresAnything = false; 3759 } 3760 } 3761 3762 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3763 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3764 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3765 return TagD; 3766 3767 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3768 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3769 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3770 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3771 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3772 DeclaresAnything = false; 3773 3774 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3775 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3776 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3777 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3778 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3779 else 3780 DeclaresAnything = false; 3781 } 3782 3783 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3784 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3785 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3786 << Tag->getTagKind() 3787 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3788 3789 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3790 3791 // C 6.7/2: 3792 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3793 // or the members of an enumeration. 3794 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3795 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3796 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3797 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3798 // previous declaration. 3799 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3800 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3801 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3802 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3803 return TagD; 3804 } 3805 3806 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3807 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3808 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3809 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3810 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3811 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3812 // 3813 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3814 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3815 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3816 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3817 3818 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3819 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3820 // useless. 3821 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3822 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3823 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3824 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3825 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3826 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3827 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3828 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3829 } 3830 3831 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3832 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3833 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3834 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3835 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3836 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3837 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3838 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3839 // Restrict is covered above. 3840 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3841 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3842 } 3843 3844 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3845 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3846 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3847 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3848 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3849 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3850 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3851 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3852 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3853 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3854 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3855 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3856 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3857 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3858 } 3859 } 3860 3861 return TagD; 3862 } 3863 3864 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3865 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3866 /// 3867 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3868 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3869 Scope *S, 3870 DeclContext *Owner, 3871 DeclarationName Name, 3872 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3873 unsigned diagnostic) { 3874 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3875 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3876 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3877 3878 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3879 return false; 3880 3881 // Pick a representative declaration. 3882 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3883 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3884 3885 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3886 return false; 3887 3888 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3889 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3890 3891 return true; 3892 } 3893 3894 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3895 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3896 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3897 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3898 /// struct, e.g., 3899 /// 3900 /// @code 3901 /// union { 3902 /// int i; 3903 /// float f; 3904 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3905 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3906 /// @endcode 3907 /// 3908 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3909 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3910 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3911 DeclContext *Owner, 3912 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3913 AccessSpecifier AS, 3914 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3915 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3916 unsigned diagKind 3917 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3918 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3919 3920 bool Invalid = false; 3921 3922 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3923 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3924 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3925 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3926 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3927 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3928 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3929 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3930 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3931 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3932 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3933 Invalid = true; 3934 } else { 3935 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3936 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3937 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3938 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3939 // anonymous union is declared. 3940 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3941 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3942 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3943 else 3944 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3945 3946 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3947 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3948 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3949 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3950 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3951 3952 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3953 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3954 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3955 3956 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3957 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3958 3959 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3960 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3961 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3962 3963 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3964 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3965 3966 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3967 } 3968 } 3969 } 3970 3971 return Invalid; 3972 } 3973 3974 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3975 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3976 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3977 static StorageClass 3978 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3979 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3980 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3981 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3982 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3983 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3984 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3985 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3986 return SC_None; 3987 return SC_Extern; 3988 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3989 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3990 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3991 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3992 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3993 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3994 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3995 } 3996 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3997 } 3998 3999 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4000 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4001 4002 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4003 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4004 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4005 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4006 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4007 return FD->getLocation(); 4008 } 4009 4010 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4011 } 4012 4013 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4014 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4015 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4016 return; 4017 4018 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4019 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4020 } 4021 4022 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4023 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4024 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4025 return; 4026 4027 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4028 } 4029 4030 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4031 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4032 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4033 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4034 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4035 AccessSpecifier AS, 4036 RecordDecl *Record, 4037 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4038 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4039 4040 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4041 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4042 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4043 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4044 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4045 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4046 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4047 4048 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4049 // structs/unions. 4050 bool Invalid = false; 4051 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4052 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4053 unsigned DiagID; 4054 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4055 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4056 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4057 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4058 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4059 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4060 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4061 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4062 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4063 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4064 4065 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4066 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4067 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4068 } 4069 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4070 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4071 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4072 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4073 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4074 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4075 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4076 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4077 4078 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4079 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4080 SourceLocation(), 4081 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4082 } 4083 } 4084 4085 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4086 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4087 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4088 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4089 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4090 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4091 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4092 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4093 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4094 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4095 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4096 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4097 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4098 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4099 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4100 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4101 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4102 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4103 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4104 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4105 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4106 4107 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4108 } 4109 4110 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4111 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4112 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4113 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4114 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4115 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4116 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4117 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4118 // members (clause 11). 4119 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4120 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4121 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4122 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4123 Invalid = true; 4124 } 4125 4126 // C++ [class.union]p1 4127 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4128 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4129 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4130 // array of such objects. 4131 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4132 Invalid = true; 4133 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4134 // Any implicit members are fine. 4135 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4136 // This is a type that showed up in an 4137 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4138 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4139 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4140 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4141 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4142 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4143 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4144 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4145 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4146 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4147 else { 4148 // This is a nested type declaration. 4149 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4150 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4151 Invalid = true; 4152 } 4153 } else { 4154 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4155 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4156 // not part of standard C++. 4157 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4158 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4159 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4160 } 4161 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4162 // Any access specifier is fine. 4163 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4164 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4165 } else { 4166 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4167 // member. Complain about it. 4168 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4169 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4170 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4171 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4172 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4173 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4174 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4175 4176 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4177 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4178 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4179 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4180 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4181 else { 4182 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 4183 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4184 Invalid = true; 4185 } 4186 } 4187 } 4188 4189 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4190 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4191 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4192 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4193 Owner->isRecord()) 4194 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4195 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4196 } 4197 4198 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4199 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4200 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4201 Invalid = true; 4202 } 4203 4204 // Mock up a declarator. 4205 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4206 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4207 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4208 4209 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4210 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4211 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4212 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4213 DS.getLocStart(), 4214 Record->getLocation(), 4215 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4216 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4217 TInfo, 4218 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4219 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4220 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4221 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4222 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4223 } else { 4224 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4225 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4226 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4227 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4228 // an error here 4229 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4230 Invalid = true; 4231 SC = SC_None; 4232 } 4233 4234 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4235 DS.getLocStart(), 4236 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4237 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4238 TInfo, SC); 4239 4240 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4241 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4242 // initializer: 4243 // union { int n = 0; }; 4244 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4245 } 4246 Anon->setImplicit(); 4247 4248 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4249 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4250 4251 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4252 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4253 // its members. 4254 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4255 4256 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4257 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4258 // purposes. 4259 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4260 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4261 4262 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4263 Chain, false)) 4264 Invalid = true; 4265 4266 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4267 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4268 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4269 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4270 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4271 Context.setManglingNumber( 4272 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4273 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4274 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4275 } 4276 } 4277 } 4278 4279 if (Invalid) 4280 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4281 4282 return Anon; 4283 } 4284 4285 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4286 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4287 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4288 /// Example: 4289 /// 4290 /// struct A { int a; }; 4291 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4292 /// 4293 /// void foo() { 4294 /// B var; 4295 /// var.a = 3; 4296 /// } 4297 /// 4298 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4299 RecordDecl *Record) { 4300 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4301 4302 // Mock up a declarator. 4303 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4304 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4305 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4306 4307 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4308 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4309 4310 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4311 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4312 ParentDecl, 4313 DS.getLocStart(), 4314 DS.getLocStart(), 4315 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4316 RecTy, 4317 TInfo, 4318 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4319 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4320 Anon->setImplicit(); 4321 4322 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4323 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4324 4325 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4326 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4327 // purposes. 4328 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4329 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4330 4331 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4332 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4333 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4334 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4335 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4336 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4337 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4338 } 4339 4340 return Anon; 4341 } 4342 4343 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4344 /// given Declarator. 4345 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4346 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4347 } 4348 4349 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4350 DeclarationNameInfo 4351 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4352 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4353 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4354 4355 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4356 4357 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4358 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4359 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4360 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4361 return NameInfo; 4362 4363 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4364 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4365 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4366 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4367 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4368 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4369 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4370 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4371 return NameInfo; 4372 4373 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4374 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4375 Name.Identifier)); 4376 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4377 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4378 return NameInfo; 4379 4380 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4381 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4382 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4383 if (Ty.isNull()) 4384 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4385 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4386 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4387 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4388 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4389 return NameInfo; 4390 } 4391 4392 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4393 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4394 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4395 if (Ty.isNull()) 4396 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4397 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4398 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4399 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4400 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4401 return NameInfo; 4402 } 4403 4404 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4405 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4406 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4407 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4408 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4409 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4410 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4411 4412 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4413 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4414 4415 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4416 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4417 // was qualified. 4418 4419 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4420 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4421 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4422 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4423 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4424 return NameInfo; 4425 } 4426 4427 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4428 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4429 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4430 if (Ty.isNull()) 4431 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4432 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4433 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4434 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4435 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4436 return NameInfo; 4437 } 4438 4439 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4440 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4441 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4442 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4443 } 4444 4445 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4446 4447 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4448 } 4449 4450 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4451 do { 4452 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4453 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4454 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4455 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4456 else 4457 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4458 } while (true); 4459 } 4460 4461 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4462 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4463 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4464 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4465 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4466 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4467 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4468 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4469 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4470 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4471 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4472 Params.clear(); 4473 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4474 return false; 4475 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4476 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4477 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4478 4479 // The parameter types are identical 4480 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4481 continue; 4482 4483 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4484 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4485 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4486 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4487 4488 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4489 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4490 Params.push_back(Idx); 4491 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4492 return false; 4493 } 4494 4495 return true; 4496 } 4497 4498 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4499 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4500 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4501 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4502 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4503 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4504 DeclarationName Name) { 4505 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4506 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4507 // - types which will become injected class names 4508 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4509 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4510 // few cases here. 4511 4512 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4513 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4514 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4515 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4516 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4517 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4518 // Grab the type from the parser. 4519 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4520 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4521 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4522 4523 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4524 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4525 // attached already. 4526 if (!TSI) 4527 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4528 4529 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4530 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4531 if (!TSI) return true; 4532 4533 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4534 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4535 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4536 break; 4537 } 4538 4539 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4540 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4541 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4542 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4543 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4544 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4545 break; 4546 } 4547 4548 default: 4549 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4550 break; 4551 } 4552 4553 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4554 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4555 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4556 4557 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4558 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4559 // pointer. 4560 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4561 continue; 4562 4563 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4564 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4565 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4566 return true; 4567 } 4568 4569 return false; 4570 } 4571 4572 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4573 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4574 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4575 4576 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4577 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4578 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4579 4580 return Dcl; 4581 } 4582 4583 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4584 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4585 /// name different from T: 4586 /// - every static data member of class T; 4587 /// - every member function of class T 4588 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4589 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4590 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4591 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4592 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4593 4594 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4595 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4596 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4597 return true; 4598 } 4599 4600 return false; 4601 } 4602 4603 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4604 /// nested-name-specifier. 4605 /// 4606 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4607 /// 4608 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4609 /// resolves. 4610 /// 4611 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4612 /// 4613 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4614 /// 4615 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4616 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4617 DeclarationName Name, 4618 SourceLocation Loc) { 4619 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4620 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4621 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4622 4623 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4624 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4625 // 4626 // class X { 4627 // void X::f(); 4628 // }; 4629 // 4630 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4631 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4632 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4633 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4634 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4635 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4636 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4637 SS.clear(); 4638 } else { 4639 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4640 } 4641 return false; 4642 } 4643 4644 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4645 // declaration. 4646 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4647 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4648 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4649 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4650 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4651 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4652 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4653 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4654 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4655 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4656 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4657 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4658 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4659 else 4660 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4661 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4662 4663 return true; 4664 } 4665 4666 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4667 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4668 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4669 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4670 SS.clear(); 4671 4672 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4673 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4674 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4675 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4676 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4677 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4678 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4679 return true; 4680 4681 return false; 4682 } 4683 4684 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4685 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4686 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4687 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4688 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4689 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4690 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4691 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4692 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4693 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4694 4695 return false; 4696 } 4697 4698 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4699 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4700 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4701 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4702 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4703 4704 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4705 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4706 if (!Name) { 4707 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4708 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4709 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4710 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4711 return nullptr; 4712 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4713 return nullptr; 4714 4715 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4716 // we find one that is. 4717 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4718 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4719 S = S->getParent(); 4720 4721 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4722 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4723 D.setInvalidType(); 4724 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4725 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4726 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4727 return nullptr; 4728 4729 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4730 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4731 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4732 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4733 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4734 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4735 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4736 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4737 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4738 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4739 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4740 return nullptr; 4741 } 4742 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4743 4744 if (!IsDependentContext && 4745 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4746 return nullptr; 4747 4748 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4749 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4750 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4751 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4752 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4753 return nullptr; 4754 } 4755 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4756 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4757 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4758 if (DC->isRecord()) 4759 return nullptr; 4760 4761 D.setInvalidType(); 4762 } 4763 } 4764 4765 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4766 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4767 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4768 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4769 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4770 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4771 D.setInvalidType(); 4772 } 4773 } 4774 4775 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4776 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4777 4778 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4779 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4780 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4781 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4782 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4783 return nullptr; 4784 4785 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4786 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4787 D.setInvalidType(); 4788 4789 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4790 ForRedeclaration); 4791 4792 // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration 4793 // lookup, let name lookup know. 4794 if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) && 4795 getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage && 4796 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4797 Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false); 4798 4799 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4800 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4801 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4802 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4803 4804 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4805 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4806 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4807 // 4808 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4809 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4810 // the same name. 4811 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4812 /* Do nothing*/; 4813 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4814 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4815 R->isFunctionType())) { 4816 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4817 CreateBuiltins = 4818 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4819 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4820 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4821 CreateBuiltins = true; 4822 4823 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4824 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4825 4826 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4827 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4828 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4829 4830 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4831 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4832 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4833 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4834 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4835 // thereof; [...] 4836 // 4837 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4838 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4839 // we want to match. For example, given: 4840 // 4841 // class X { 4842 // void f(); 4843 // void f(float); 4844 // }; 4845 // 4846 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4847 // 4848 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4849 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4850 // matches. 4851 4852 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4853 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4854 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4855 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4856 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4857 } 4858 4859 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4860 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4861 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4862 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4863 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4864 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4865 4866 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4867 Previous.clear(); 4868 } 4869 4870 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4871 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4872 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4873 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4874 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4875 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4876 Previous.clear(); 4877 4878 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4879 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4880 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4881 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4882 4883 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4884 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4885 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4886 // template, declared in namespace scope 4887 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4888 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4889 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4890 return nullptr; 4891 } 4892 4893 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4894 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4895 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4896 return nullptr; 4897 } 4898 } 4899 4900 NamedDecl *New; 4901 4902 bool AddToScope = true; 4903 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4904 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4905 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4906 return nullptr; 4907 } 4908 4909 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4910 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4911 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4912 TemplateParamLists, 4913 AddToScope); 4914 } else { 4915 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4916 AddToScope); 4917 } 4918 4919 if (!New) 4920 return nullptr; 4921 4922 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4923 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4924 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4925 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4926 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4927 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4928 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4929 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4930 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4931 if (!AddToContext) 4932 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4933 } 4934 4935 return New; 4936 } 4937 4938 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4939 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4940 /// GCC compatibility). 4941 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4942 ASTContext &Context, 4943 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4944 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4945 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4946 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4947 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4948 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4949 SizeIsNegative = false; 4950 Oversized = 0; 4951 4952 if (T->isDependentType()) 4953 return QualType(); 4954 4955 QualifierCollector Qs; 4956 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4957 4958 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4959 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4960 QualType FixedType = 4961 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4962 Oversized); 4963 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4964 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4965 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4966 } 4967 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4968 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4969 QualType FixedType = 4970 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4971 Oversized); 4972 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4973 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4974 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4975 } 4976 4977 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4978 if (!VLATy) 4979 return QualType(); 4980 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4981 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4982 return QualType(); 4983 4984 llvm::APSInt Res; 4985 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4986 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4987 return QualType(); 4988 4989 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4990 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4991 SizeIsNegative = true; 4992 return QualType(); 4993 } 4994 4995 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4996 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4997 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4998 Res); 4999 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5000 Oversized = Res; 5001 return QualType(); 5002 } 5003 5004 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5005 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5006 } 5007 5008 static void 5009 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5010 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5011 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5012 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5013 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5014 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5015 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5016 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5017 return; 5018 } 5019 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5020 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5021 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5022 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5023 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5024 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5025 return; 5026 } 5027 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5028 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5029 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5030 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5031 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5032 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5033 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5034 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5035 } 5036 5037 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5038 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5039 /// GCC compatibility). 5040 static TypeSourceInfo* 5041 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5042 ASTContext &Context, 5043 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5044 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5045 QualType FixedTy 5046 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5047 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5048 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5049 return nullptr; 5050 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5051 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5052 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5053 return FixedTInfo; 5054 } 5055 5056 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5057 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5058 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5059 /// function-scope declarations. 5060 void 5061 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5062 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5063 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5064 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5065 return; 5066 5067 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5068 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5069 } 5070 5071 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5072 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5073 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5074 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5075 } 5076 5077 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5078 /// does not identify a function. 5079 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5080 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5081 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5082 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5083 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5084 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5085 5086 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5087 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5088 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5089 5090 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5091 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5092 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5093 5094 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5095 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5096 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5097 } 5098 5099 NamedDecl* 5100 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5101 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5102 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5103 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5104 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5105 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5106 D.setInvalidType(); 5107 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5108 DC = CurContext; 5109 Previous.clear(); 5110 } 5111 5112 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5113 5114 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5115 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5116 << 1; 5117 5118 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5119 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5120 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5121 return nullptr; 5122 } 5123 5124 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5125 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5126 5127 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5128 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5129 5130 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5131 5132 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5133 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5134 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5135 return ND; 5136 } 5137 5138 void 5139 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5140 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5141 // then it shall have block scope. 5142 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5143 // that redeclarations will match. 5144 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5145 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5146 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5147 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5148 5149 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5150 bool SizeIsNegative; 5151 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5152 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5153 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5154 SizeIsNegative, 5155 Oversized); 5156 if (FixedTInfo) { 5157 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5158 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5159 } else { 5160 if (SizeIsNegative) 5161 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5162 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5163 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5164 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5165 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5166 << Oversized.toString(10); 5167 else 5168 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5169 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5170 } 5171 } 5172 } 5173 } 5174 5175 5176 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5177 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5178 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5179 NamedDecl* 5180 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5181 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5182 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5183 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5184 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5185 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5186 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5187 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5188 Redeclaration = true; 5189 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 5190 } 5191 5192 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5193 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5194 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5195 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5196 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5197 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5198 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5199 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5200 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5201 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5202 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5203 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5204 } 5205 5206 return NewTD; 5207 } 5208 5209 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5210 /// previous declaration. 5211 /// 5212 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5213 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5214 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5215 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5216 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5217 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5218 /// 5219 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5220 /// lookup 5221 /// 5222 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5223 /// declared. 5224 /// 5225 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5226 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5227 static bool 5228 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5229 ASTContext &Context) { 5230 if (!PrevDecl) 5231 return false; 5232 5233 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5234 return false; 5235 5236 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5237 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5238 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5239 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5240 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5241 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5242 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5243 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5244 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5245 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5246 return false; 5247 5248 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5249 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5250 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5251 return false; 5252 5253 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5254 // previous declarations. 5255 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5256 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5257 5258 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5259 // isn't the same function. 5260 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5261 return false; 5262 } 5263 5264 return true; 5265 } 5266 5267 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5268 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5269 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5270 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5271 } 5272 5273 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5274 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5275 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5276 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5277 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5278 unsigned kind = -1U; 5279 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5280 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5281 kind = 0; // __block 5282 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5283 kind = 1; // global 5284 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5285 kind = 3; // ivar 5286 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5287 kind = 2; // field 5288 } 5289 5290 if (kind != -1U) { 5291 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5292 << kind; 5293 } 5294 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5295 // Try to infer lifetime. 5296 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5297 return false; 5298 5299 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5300 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5301 decl->setType(type); 5302 } 5303 5304 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5305 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5306 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5307 var->getTLSKind()) { 5308 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5309 << var->getType(); 5310 return true; 5311 } 5312 } 5313 5314 return false; 5315 } 5316 5317 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5318 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5319 // the wrong linkage. 5320 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5321 5322 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5323 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5324 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5325 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5326 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5327 } 5328 } 5329 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5330 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5331 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5332 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5333 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5334 } 5335 } 5336 5337 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5338 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5339 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5340 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5341 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5342 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5343 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5344 } 5345 } 5346 } 5347 5348 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5349 // It does not apply to functions. 5350 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5351 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5352 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5353 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5354 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5355 } 5356 } 5357 5358 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5359 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5360 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5361 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5362 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5363 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5364 << &ND << Attr; 5365 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5366 } 5367 } 5368 } 5369 5370 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5371 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5372 bool IsSpecialization) { 5373 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5374 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5375 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5376 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5377 5378 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5379 return; 5380 5381 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5382 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5383 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5384 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5385 5386 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5387 // inherited attribute instances. 5388 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5389 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5390 5391 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5392 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5393 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5394 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5395 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5396 5397 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5398 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5399 bool JustWarn = false; 5400 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5401 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5402 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5403 JustWarn = true; 5404 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5405 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5406 JustWarn = true; 5407 } 5408 5409 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5410 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5411 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5412 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5413 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5414 JustWarn = false; 5415 5416 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5417 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5418 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5419 << NewDecl 5420 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5421 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5422 if (!JustWarn) { 5423 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5424 return; 5425 } 5426 } 5427 5428 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5429 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5430 // and qualified friend declarations. 5431 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5432 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5433 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5434 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5435 // separately. 5436 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5437 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5438 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5439 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5440 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5441 } 5442 5443 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5444 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5445 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5446 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5447 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5448 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5449 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5450 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5451 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5452 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5453 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5454 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5455 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5456 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5457 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5458 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5459 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5460 } 5461 } 5462 5463 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5464 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5465 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5466 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5467 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5468 5469 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5470 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5471 5472 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5473 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5474 return false; 5475 5476 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5477 5478 #ifndef NDEBUG 5479 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5480 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5481 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5482 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5483 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5484 #endif 5485 5486 bool isC99Inline = 5487 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5488 5489 #ifndef NDEBUG 5490 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5491 #endif 5492 5493 return isC99Inline; 5494 } 5495 5496 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5497 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5498 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5499 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5500 /// 5501 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5502 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5503 /// 5504 /// For instance: 5505 /// 5506 /// auto x = []{}; 5507 /// 5508 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5509 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5510 /// 5511 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5512 template<typename T> 5513 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5514 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5515 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5516 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5517 return false; 5518 5519 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes if overloading is enabled. 5520 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 5521 (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5522 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5523 return false; 5524 } 5525 return D->isExternC(); 5526 } 5527 5528 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5529 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5530 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5531 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5532 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5533 return true; 5534 if (DC->isRecord()) 5535 return false; 5536 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5537 } 5538 5539 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5540 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5541 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5542 return true; 5543 if (DC->isRecord()) 5544 return false; 5545 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5546 } 5547 5548 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5549 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5550 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5551 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5552 return true; 5553 return false; 5554 } 5555 5556 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5557 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5558 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5559 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5560 return true; 5561 5562 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5563 // position to the decl itself. 5564 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5565 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5566 return true; 5567 } 5568 5569 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5570 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5571 } 5572 5573 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5574 /// function-local external declaration. 5575 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5576 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5577 return false; 5578 5579 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5580 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5581 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5582 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5583 return true; 5584 5585 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5586 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5587 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5588 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5589 // 5590 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5591 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5592 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5593 DC = DC->getParent(); 5594 return true; 5595 } 5596 5597 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5598 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5599 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5600 return FD->isExternC(); 5601 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5602 return VD->isExternC(); 5603 5604 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5605 } 5606 5607 NamedDecl * 5608 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5609 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5610 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5611 bool &AddToScope) { 5612 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5613 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5614 5615 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5616 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5617 5618 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5619 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5620 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5621 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5622 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5623 SC = SC_Extern; 5624 5625 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5626 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5627 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5628 5629 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5630 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5631 QualType NR = R; 5632 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5633 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5634 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5635 D.setInvalidType(); 5636 break; 5637 } 5638 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5639 } 5640 5641 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5642 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5643 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5644 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5645 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5646 D.setInvalidType(); 5647 } 5648 } 5649 } 5650 5651 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5652 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5653 // an error here 5654 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5655 D.setInvalidType(); 5656 SC = SC_None; 5657 } 5658 5659 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5660 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5661 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5662 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5663 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5664 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5665 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5666 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5667 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5668 } 5669 5670 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5671 if (!II) { 5672 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5673 << Name; 5674 return nullptr; 5675 } 5676 5677 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5678 5679 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5680 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5681 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5682 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5683 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5684 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5685 D.setInvalidType(); 5686 } 5687 } 5688 5689 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5690 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5691 // OpenCL __local address space. 5692 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5693 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5694 } 5695 5696 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5697 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5698 // space qualifiers. 5699 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5700 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5701 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5702 } 5703 5704 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5705 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5706 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5707 // address space qualifiers. 5708 if (R->isEventT()) { 5709 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5710 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5711 D.setInvalidType(); 5712 } 5713 5714 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5715 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5716 D.setInvalidType(); 5717 } 5718 } 5719 } 5720 5721 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5722 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5723 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5724 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5725 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5726 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5727 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5728 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5729 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5730 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5731 R, TInfo, SC); 5732 5733 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5734 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5735 } else { 5736 bool Invalid = false; 5737 5738 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5739 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5740 switch (SC) { 5741 case SC_None: 5742 break; 5743 case SC_Static: 5744 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5745 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5746 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5747 break; 5748 case SC_Auto: 5749 case SC_Register: 5750 case SC_Extern: 5751 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5752 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5753 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5754 // of class members 5755 5756 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5757 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5758 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5759 break; 5760 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5761 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5762 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5763 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5764 } 5765 } 5766 5767 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5768 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5769 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5770 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5771 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5772 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5773 5774 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5775 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5776 if (RD->isUnion()) 5777 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5778 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5779 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5780 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5781 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5782 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5783 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5784 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5785 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5786 } 5787 } 5788 5789 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5790 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5791 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5792 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5793 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5794 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5795 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5796 : nullptr, 5797 TemplateParamLists, 5798 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5799 5800 if (TemplateParams) { 5801 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5802 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5803 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5804 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5805 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5806 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5807 << II 5808 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5809 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5810 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5811 } else { 5812 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5813 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5814 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5815 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5816 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5817 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5818 // This is a template declaration. 5819 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5820 5821 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5822 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5823 return nullptr; 5824 5825 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5826 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5827 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5828 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5829 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5830 } 5831 } 5832 } else { 5833 assert( 5834 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5835 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5836 } 5837 5838 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5839 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5840 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5841 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5842 : SourceLocation(); 5843 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5844 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5845 IsPartialSpecialization); 5846 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5847 return nullptr; 5848 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5849 AddToScope = false; 5850 } else 5851 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5852 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5853 5854 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5855 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5856 NewTemplate = 5857 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5858 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5859 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5860 } 5861 5862 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5863 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5864 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5865 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5866 5867 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5868 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5869 if (NewTemplate) 5870 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5871 } 5872 5873 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5874 5875 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5876 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5877 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5878 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5879 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5880 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 5881 5882 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5883 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5884 5885 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5886 NewVD->setConcept(true); 5887 5888 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 5889 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 5890 // specifiers, [...] 5891 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 5892 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5893 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5894 << 0 << 0; 5895 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5896 } 5897 5898 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 5899 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 5900 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5901 << 0 << 3; 5902 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5903 } 5904 } 5905 } 5906 5907 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5908 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5909 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5910 if (NewTemplate) 5911 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5912 5913 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5914 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5915 5916 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5917 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5918 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5919 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5920 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5921 // explicitly. 5922 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5923 // 'extern'. 5924 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5925 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5926 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5927 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5928 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5929 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5930 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5931 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5932 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5933 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 5934 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 5935 // error should be ignored. 5936 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 5937 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 5938 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 5939 // to emit any code for it. 5940 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5941 } else 5942 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5943 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5944 } else 5945 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5946 } 5947 5948 // C99 6.7.4p3 5949 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5950 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5951 // thread storage duration... 5952 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5953 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5954 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5955 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5956 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5957 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5958 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5959 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5960 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5961 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5962 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5963 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5964 } 5965 } 5966 5967 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5968 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5969 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5970 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5971 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5972 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5973 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5974 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5975 << 2 5976 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5977 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5978 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5979 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5980 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5981 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5982 else { 5983 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5984 if (NewTemplate) 5985 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5986 } 5987 } 5988 5989 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5990 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5991 5992 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5993 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 5994 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5995 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5996 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5997 // storage [duration]." 5998 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5999 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6000 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6001 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6002 } 6003 } 6004 6005 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6006 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6007 // check the VarDecl itself. 6008 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6009 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6010 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6011 6012 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6013 // retainable type. 6014 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6015 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6016 6017 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6018 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6019 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6020 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6021 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6022 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6023 switch (SC) { 6024 case SC_None: 6025 case SC_Auto: 6026 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6027 break; 6028 case SC_Register: 6029 // Local Named register 6030 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6031 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6032 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6033 break; 6034 case SC_Static: 6035 case SC_Extern: 6036 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6037 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 6038 break; 6039 } 6040 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6041 // Global Named register 6042 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6043 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6044 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6045 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6046 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6047 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6048 } 6049 } 6050 6051 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6052 Context, Label, 0)); 6053 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6054 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6055 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6056 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6057 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6058 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6059 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6060 } else 6061 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6062 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6063 } 6064 } 6065 6066 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6067 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6068 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6069 6070 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6071 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6072 // declaration has linkage). 6073 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6074 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6075 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6076 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6077 6078 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6079 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6080 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6081 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6082 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6083 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6084 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6085 6086 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6087 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6088 } else { 6089 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6090 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6091 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6092 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6093 6094 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6095 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6096 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6097 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6098 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6099 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6100 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6101 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6102 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6103 Previous.clear(); 6104 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6105 } 6106 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6107 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6108 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6109 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6110 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6111 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6112 } 6113 6114 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6115 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6116 6117 if (NewTemplate) { 6118 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6119 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6120 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6121 : nullptr; 6122 6123 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6124 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6125 // template declaration. 6126 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6127 TemplateParams, 6128 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6129 : nullptr, 6130 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6131 DC->isDependentContext()) 6132 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6133 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6134 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6135 6136 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6137 // template, make a note of that. 6138 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6139 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6140 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6141 } 6142 } 6143 6144 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6145 6146 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6147 // the map of such variables. 6148 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6149 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6150 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6151 6152 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6153 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6154 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6155 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6156 Context.setManglingNumber( 6157 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6158 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6159 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6160 } 6161 } 6162 6163 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6164 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6165 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6166 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6167 6168 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6169 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6170 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6171 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6172 6173 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6174 // behavior. 6175 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6176 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6177 } 6178 6179 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6180 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6181 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6182 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6183 } 6184 6185 if (NewTemplate) { 6186 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6187 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6188 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6189 return NewTemplate; 6190 } 6191 6192 return NewVD; 6193 } 6194 6195 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6196 /// -Wshadow. 6197 /// 6198 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6199 /// scope. 6200 /// 6201 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6202 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6203 /// 6204 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6205 // Return if warning is ignored. 6206 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6207 return; 6208 6209 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6210 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6211 return; 6212 6213 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6214 6215 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6216 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6217 return; 6218 6219 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6220 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6221 return; 6222 6223 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6224 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6225 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6226 if (MD->isStatic()) 6227 return; 6228 6229 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6230 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6231 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6232 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6233 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6234 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6235 ShadowedDecl = I; 6236 break; 6237 } 6238 } 6239 6240 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6241 6242 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6243 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6244 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6245 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6246 return; 6247 6248 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6249 // static data members from base classes? 6250 6251 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6252 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6253 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6254 } 6255 6256 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6257 unsigned Kind; 6258 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6259 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6260 Kind = 3; // field 6261 else 6262 Kind = 2; // static data member 6263 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6264 Kind = 1; // global 6265 else 6266 Kind = 0; // local 6267 6268 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6269 6270 // Emit warning and note. 6271 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6272 return; 6273 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6274 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6275 } 6276 6277 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6278 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6279 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6280 return; 6281 6282 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6283 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6284 LookupName(R, S); 6285 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6286 } 6287 6288 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6289 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6290 template<typename T> 6291 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6292 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6293 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6294 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6295 6296 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6297 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6298 // declaration. 6299 return false; 6300 } 6301 6302 if (Prev) { 6303 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6304 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6305 // redeclaration. 6306 Previous.clear(); 6307 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6308 return true; 6309 } 6310 6311 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6312 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6313 // declaration. 6314 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6315 return false; 6316 } else { 6317 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6318 // translation unit which might conflict. 6319 if (IsGlobal) { 6320 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6321 IsGlobal = false; 6322 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6323 I != E; ++I) { 6324 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6325 Prev = *I; 6326 break; 6327 } 6328 } 6329 } else { 6330 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6331 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6332 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6333 I != E; ++I) { 6334 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6335 Prev = *I; 6336 break; 6337 } 6338 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6339 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6340 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6341 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6342 // diagnostic. 6343 } 6344 } 6345 6346 if (!Prev) 6347 return false; 6348 } 6349 6350 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6351 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6352 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6353 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6354 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6355 else 6356 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6357 6358 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6359 << IsGlobal << ND; 6360 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6361 << IsGlobal; 6362 return false; 6363 } 6364 6365 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6366 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6367 /// 6368 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6369 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6370 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6371 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6372 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6373 template<typename T> 6374 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6375 LookupResult &Previous) { 6376 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6377 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6378 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6379 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6380 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6381 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6382 Previous.clear(); 6383 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6384 return true; 6385 } 6386 } 6387 return false; 6388 } 6389 6390 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6391 // declaration. 6392 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6393 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6394 6395 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6396 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6397 // in another scope. 6398 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6399 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6400 6401 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6402 return false; 6403 } 6404 6405 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6406 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6407 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6408 return; 6409 6410 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6411 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6412 6413 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6414 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6415 return; 6416 6417 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6418 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6419 6420 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6421 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6422 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6423 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6424 NewVD->setType(T); 6425 } 6426 6427 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6428 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6429 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6430 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6431 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6432 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6433 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6434 return; 6435 } 6436 6437 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6438 // __constant address space. 6439 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6440 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6441 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6442 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6443 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6444 return; 6445 } 6446 6447 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6448 // scope. 6449 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6450 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6451 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6452 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6453 return; 6454 } 6455 6456 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6457 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6458 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6459 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6460 else { 6461 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6462 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6463 } 6464 } 6465 6466 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6467 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6468 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6469 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6470 6471 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6472 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6473 bool SizeIsNegative; 6474 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6475 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6476 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6477 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6478 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6479 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6480 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6481 // int a[10][n]; 6482 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6483 6484 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6485 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6486 << SizeRange; 6487 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6488 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6489 << SizeRange; 6490 else 6491 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6492 << SizeRange; 6493 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6494 return; 6495 } 6496 6497 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6498 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6499 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6500 else 6501 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6502 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6503 return; 6504 } 6505 6506 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6507 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6508 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6509 } 6510 6511 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6512 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6513 // of objects and functions. 6514 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6515 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6516 << T; 6517 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6518 return; 6519 } 6520 } 6521 6522 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6523 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6524 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6525 return; 6526 } 6527 6528 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6529 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6530 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6531 return; 6532 } 6533 6534 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6535 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6536 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6537 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6538 return; 6539 } 6540 } 6541 6542 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6543 /// declaration. 6544 /// 6545 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6546 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6547 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6548 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6549 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6550 /// 6551 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6552 /// 6553 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6554 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6555 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6556 6557 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6558 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6559 return false; 6560 6561 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6562 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6563 if (Previous.empty() && 6564 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6565 Previous.setShadowed(); 6566 6567 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6568 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6569 return true; 6570 } 6571 return false; 6572 } 6573 6574 namespace { 6575 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6576 Sema *S; 6577 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6578 6579 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6580 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6581 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6582 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6583 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6584 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6585 6586 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6587 6588 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6589 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6590 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6591 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6592 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6593 6594 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6595 } 6596 6597 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6598 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6599 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6600 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6601 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6602 return true; 6603 } 6604 } 6605 6606 return false; 6607 } 6608 }; 6609 6610 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6611 } // end anonymous namespace 6612 6613 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6614 /// overriden methods. 6615 /// 6616 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6617 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6618 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6619 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6620 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6621 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6622 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6623 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6624 I != E; ++I) { 6625 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6626 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6627 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6628 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6629 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6630 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6631 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6632 } 6633 } 6634 6635 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6636 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6637 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6638 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6639 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6640 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6641 FOM.Method = MD; 6642 FOM.S = this; 6643 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6644 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6645 bool AddedAny = false; 6646 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6647 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6648 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6649 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6650 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6651 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6652 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6653 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6654 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6655 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6656 AddedAny = true; 6657 } 6658 } 6659 } 6660 } 6661 6662 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6663 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6664 } 6665 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6666 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6667 } 6668 6669 return AddedAny; 6670 } 6671 6672 namespace { 6673 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6674 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6675 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6676 Scope *S; 6677 Declarator &D; 6678 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6679 bool AddToScope; 6680 }; 6681 } 6682 6683 namespace { 6684 6685 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6686 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6687 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6688 public: 6689 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6690 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6691 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6692 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6693 6694 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6695 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6696 return false; 6697 6698 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6699 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6700 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6701 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6702 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6703 6704 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6705 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6706 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6707 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6708 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6709 return true; 6710 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6711 return true; 6712 } 6713 } 6714 } 6715 6716 return false; 6717 } 6718 6719 private: 6720 ASTContext &Context; 6721 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6722 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6723 }; 6724 6725 } 6726 6727 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6728 /// 6729 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6730 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6731 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6732 /// the same name. 6733 /// 6734 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6735 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6736 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6737 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6738 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6739 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6740 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6741 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6742 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6743 TypoCorrection Correction; 6744 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6745 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6746 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6747 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6748 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6749 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6750 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6751 6752 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6753 if (IsLocalFriend) 6754 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6755 else 6756 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6757 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6758 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6759 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6760 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6761 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6762 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6763 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6764 if (FD && 6765 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6766 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6767 // involve a parameter 6768 unsigned ParamNum = 6769 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6770 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6771 } 6772 } 6773 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6774 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6775 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6776 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6777 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6778 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6779 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6780 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6781 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6782 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6783 Previous.clear(); 6784 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6785 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6786 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6787 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6788 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6789 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6790 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6791 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6792 } 6793 } 6794 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6795 6796 NamedDecl *Result; 6797 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6798 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6799 { 6800 // Trap errors. 6801 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6802 6803 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6804 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6805 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6806 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6807 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6808 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6809 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6810 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6811 6812 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6813 Result = nullptr; 6814 } 6815 6816 if (Result) { 6817 // Determine which correction we picked. 6818 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6819 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6820 I != E; ++I) 6821 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6822 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6823 6824 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6825 Correction, 6826 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6827 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6828 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6829 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6830 return Result; 6831 } 6832 6833 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6834 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6835 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6836 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6837 Previous.clear(); 6838 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6839 } 6840 6841 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6842 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6843 6844 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6845 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6846 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6847 6848 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6849 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6850 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6851 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6852 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6853 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6854 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6855 6856 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6857 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6858 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6859 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6860 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6861 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6862 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6863 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6864 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6865 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6866 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6867 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6868 } else 6869 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6870 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6871 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6872 } 6873 return nullptr; 6874 } 6875 6876 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6877 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6878 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6879 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6880 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6881 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6882 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6883 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6884 D.setInvalidType(); 6885 break; 6886 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6887 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6888 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6889 return SC_None; 6890 return SC_Extern; 6891 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6892 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6893 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6894 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6895 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6896 // other than extern 6897 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6898 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6899 diag::err_static_block_func); 6900 break; 6901 } else 6902 return SC_Static; 6903 } 6904 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6905 } 6906 6907 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6908 return SC_None; 6909 } 6910 6911 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6912 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6913 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6914 StorageClass SC, 6915 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6916 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6917 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6918 6919 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6920 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6921 6922 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6923 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6924 // prototype. This true when: 6925 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6926 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6927 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6928 bool HasPrototype = 6929 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6930 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6931 6932 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6933 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6934 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6935 HasPrototype, false); 6936 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6937 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6938 6939 return NewFD; 6940 } 6941 6942 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6943 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6944 6945 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6946 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6947 // the class has been completely parsed. 6948 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6949 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6950 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6951 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6952 D.setInvalidType(); 6953 6954 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6955 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6956 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6957 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6958 6959 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6960 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6961 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6962 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6963 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6964 isConstexpr); 6965 6966 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6967 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6968 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6969 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6970 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6971 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6972 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6973 D.getLocStart(), 6974 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6975 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6976 6977 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6978 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6979 // it yet. 6980 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6981 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6982 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6983 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6984 } 6985 6986 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6987 return NewDD; 6988 6989 } else { 6990 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6991 D.setInvalidType(); 6992 6993 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6994 // code path. 6995 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6996 D.getLocStart(), 6997 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6998 SC, isInline, 6999 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7000 } 7001 7002 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7003 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7004 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7005 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7006 return nullptr; 7007 } 7008 7009 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7010 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7011 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7012 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7013 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7014 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7015 7016 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7017 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7018 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7019 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7020 // constructor if it has no return type). 7021 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7022 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7023 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7024 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7025 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7026 return nullptr; 7027 } 7028 7029 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7030 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7031 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7032 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7033 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7034 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7035 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7036 return Ret; 7037 } else { 7038 bool isFriend = 7039 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7040 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7041 return nullptr; 7042 7043 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7044 // prototype. This true when: 7045 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7046 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7047 D.getLocStart(), 7048 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7049 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7050 } 7051 } 7052 7053 enum OpenCLParamType { 7054 ValidKernelParam, 7055 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7056 PtrKernelParam, 7057 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7058 InvalidKernelParam, 7059 RecordKernelParam 7060 }; 7061 7062 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7063 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7064 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7065 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7066 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7067 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7068 : PtrKernelParam; 7069 } 7070 7071 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7072 // be used as builtin types. 7073 7074 if (PT->isImageType()) 7075 return PtrKernelParam; 7076 7077 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7078 return InvalidKernelParam; 7079 7080 if (PT->isEventT()) 7081 return InvalidKernelParam; 7082 7083 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7084 return InvalidKernelParam; 7085 7086 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7087 return RecordKernelParam; 7088 7089 return ValidKernelParam; 7090 } 7091 7092 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7093 Sema &S, 7094 Declarator &D, 7095 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7096 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7097 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7098 7099 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7100 // used again 7101 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7102 return; 7103 7104 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7105 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7106 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7107 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7108 // pointer to a pointer type. 7109 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7110 D.setInvalidType(); 7111 return; 7112 7113 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7114 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7115 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7116 // pointer to the private address space. 7117 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7118 D.setInvalidType(); 7119 return; 7120 7121 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7122 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7123 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7124 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7125 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7126 7127 case InvalidKernelParam: 7128 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7129 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7130 // of event_t type. 7131 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7132 D.setInvalidType(); 7133 return; 7134 7135 case PtrKernelParam: 7136 case ValidKernelParam: 7137 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7138 return; 7139 7140 case RecordKernelParam: 7141 break; 7142 } 7143 7144 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7145 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7146 7147 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7148 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7149 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7150 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7151 7152 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7153 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7154 7155 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7156 7157 do { 7158 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7159 if (!Next) { 7160 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7161 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7162 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7163 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7164 7165 continue; 7166 } 7167 7168 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7169 // field itself) to the history stack. 7170 const RecordDecl *RD; 7171 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7172 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7173 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7174 } else { 7175 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7176 } 7177 7178 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7179 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7180 7181 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7182 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7183 7184 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7185 continue; 7186 7187 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7188 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7189 continue; 7190 7191 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7192 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7193 continue; 7194 } 7195 7196 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7197 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7198 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7199 // union. 7200 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7201 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7202 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7203 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7204 << PT->isUnionType() 7205 << PT; 7206 } else { 7207 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7208 } 7209 7210 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7211 << PD->getDeclName(); 7212 7213 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7214 // the offending field came from 7215 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7216 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7217 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7218 I != E; ++I) { 7219 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7220 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7221 << OuterField->getType(); 7222 } 7223 7224 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7225 << QT->isPointerType() 7226 << QT; 7227 D.setInvalidType(); 7228 return; 7229 } 7230 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7231 } 7232 7233 NamedDecl* 7234 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7235 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7236 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7237 bool &AddToScope) { 7238 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7239 7240 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7241 7242 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7243 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7244 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7245 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7246 7247 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7248 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7249 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7250 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7251 7252 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7253 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7254 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7255 7256 bool isFriend = false; 7257 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7258 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7259 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7260 7261 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7262 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7263 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7264 7265 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7266 7267 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7268 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7269 7270 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7271 isVirtualOkay); 7272 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7273 7274 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7275 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7276 7277 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7278 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7279 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7280 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7281 7282 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7283 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7284 7285 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7286 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7287 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7288 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7289 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7290 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7291 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7292 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7293 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7294 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7295 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7296 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7297 } 7298 7299 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7300 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7301 // return true). 7302 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7303 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7304 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7305 NewFD->setPure(true); 7306 7307 // C++ [class.union]p2 7308 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7309 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7310 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7311 } 7312 7313 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7314 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7315 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7316 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7317 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7318 7319 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7320 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7321 bool Invalid = false; 7322 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7323 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7324 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7325 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7326 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7327 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7328 : nullptr, 7329 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7330 Invalid)) { 7331 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7332 // This is a function template 7333 7334 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7335 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7336 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7337 7338 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7339 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7340 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7341 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7342 } 7343 7344 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7345 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7346 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7347 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7348 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7349 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7350 Invalid = true; 7351 } 7352 7353 7354 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7355 NewFD->getLocation(), 7356 Name, TemplateParams, 7357 NewFD); 7358 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7359 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7360 7361 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7362 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7363 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7364 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7365 } 7366 } else { 7367 // This is a function template specialization. 7368 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7369 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7370 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7371 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7372 7373 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7374 if (isFriend) { 7375 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7376 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7377 7378 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7379 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7380 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7381 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7382 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7383 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7384 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7385 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7386 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7387 } 7388 7389 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7390 << Name << RemoveRange 7391 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7392 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7393 } 7394 } 7395 } 7396 else { 7397 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7398 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7399 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7400 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7401 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7402 } 7403 7404 if (Invalid) { 7405 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7406 if (FunctionTemplate) 7407 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7408 } 7409 7410 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7411 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7412 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7413 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7414 // 7415 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7416 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7417 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7418 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7419 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7420 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7421 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7422 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7423 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7424 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7425 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7426 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7427 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7428 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7429 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7430 } else { 7431 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7432 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7433 } 7434 7435 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7436 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7437 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7438 } 7439 7440 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7441 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7442 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7443 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7444 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7445 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7446 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7447 // thing to do. 7448 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7449 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7450 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7451 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7452 QualType Result = 7453 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7454 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7455 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7456 } 7457 7458 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7459 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7460 // declaration. 7461 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7462 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7463 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7464 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7465 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7466 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7467 } 7468 } 7469 7470 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7471 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7472 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7473 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7474 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7475 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7476 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7477 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7478 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7479 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7480 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7481 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7482 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7483 // or conversion function. 7484 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7485 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7486 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7487 } 7488 } 7489 7490 if (isConstexpr) { 7491 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7492 // are implicitly inline. 7493 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7494 7495 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7496 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7497 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7498 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7499 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7500 } 7501 7502 if (isConcept) { 7503 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7504 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7505 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7506 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7507 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7508 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7509 } 7510 7511 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7512 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7513 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7514 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7515 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7516 SourceRange Range; 7517 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7518 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7519 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7520 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7521 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7522 } else { 7523 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7524 } 7525 } 7526 7527 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7528 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7529 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7530 7531 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7532 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7533 // specifiers, [...] 7534 if (isInline) { 7535 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7536 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7537 << 1 << 1; 7538 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7539 } 7540 7541 if (isFriend) { 7542 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7543 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7544 << 1 << 2; 7545 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7546 } 7547 7548 if (isConstexpr) { 7549 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7550 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7551 << 1 << 3; 7552 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7553 } 7554 } 7555 7556 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7557 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7558 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7559 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7560 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7561 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7562 << 0 7563 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7564 } else { 7565 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7566 if (FunctionTemplate) 7567 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7568 } 7569 } 7570 7571 if (isFriend) { 7572 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7573 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7574 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7575 } 7576 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7577 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7578 } 7579 7580 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7581 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7582 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7583 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7584 case FDK_Declaration: 7585 case FDK_Definition: 7586 break; 7587 7588 case FDK_Defaulted: 7589 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7590 break; 7591 7592 case FDK_Deleted: 7593 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7594 break; 7595 } 7596 7597 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7598 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7599 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7600 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7601 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7602 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7603 } 7604 7605 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7606 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7607 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7608 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7609 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7610 // the class. 7611 7612 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7613 // member function definition. 7614 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7615 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7616 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7617 } 7618 7619 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7620 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7621 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7622 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7623 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7624 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7625 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7626 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7627 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7628 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7629 } 7630 7631 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7632 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7633 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7634 isExplicitSpecialization || 7635 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7636 7637 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7638 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7639 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7640 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7641 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7642 SE->getString(), 0)); 7643 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7644 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7645 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7646 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7647 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7648 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7649 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7650 } else 7651 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7652 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7653 } 7654 } 7655 7656 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7657 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7658 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7659 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7660 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7661 7662 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7663 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7664 // single void argument. 7665 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7666 // already checks for that case. 7667 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7668 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7669 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7670 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7671 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7672 Params.push_back(Param); 7673 7674 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7675 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7676 } 7677 } 7678 7679 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7680 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7681 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7682 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7683 // 7684 // @code 7685 // typedef void fn(int); 7686 // fn f; 7687 // @endcode 7688 7689 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7690 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7691 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7692 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7693 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7694 Params.push_back(Param); 7695 } 7696 } else { 7697 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7698 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7699 } 7700 7701 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7702 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7703 7704 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7705 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7706 // 7707 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7708 // 7709 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7710 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7711 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7712 7713 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7714 NewFD->addAttr( 7715 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7716 Context, 0)); 7717 7718 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7719 // because all functions have linkage. 7720 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7721 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7722 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7723 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7724 } 7725 7726 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7727 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7728 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7729 NewFD->addAttr( 7730 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7731 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7732 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7733 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7734 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7735 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7736 NewFD)) 7737 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7738 } 7739 7740 // Handle attributes. 7741 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7742 7743 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7744 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7745 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7746 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7747 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7748 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7749 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7750 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7751 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7752 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7753 } 7754 } 7755 7756 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7757 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7758 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7759 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7760 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7761 7762 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7763 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7764 7765 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7766 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7767 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7768 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7769 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7770 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7771 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7772 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7773 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7774 7775 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7776 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7777 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7778 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7779 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7780 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7781 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7782 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7783 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7784 int DiagID = 7785 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7786 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7787 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7788 } 7789 } 7790 } else { 7791 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7792 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7793 // 7794 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7795 // 7796 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7797 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7798 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7799 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7800 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7801 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7802 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7803 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7804 7805 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7806 // argument list into our AST format. 7807 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7808 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7809 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7810 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7811 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7812 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7813 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7814 TemplateArgs); 7815 7816 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7817 7818 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7819 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7820 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7821 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7822 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7823 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7824 7825 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7826 } else { 7827 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7828 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7829 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7830 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7831 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7832 } 7833 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7834 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7835 // wrote something like: 7836 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7837 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7838 // friend void foo<>(int); 7839 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7840 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7841 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7842 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7843 } 7844 7845 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7846 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7847 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7848 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7849 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7850 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7851 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7852 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7853 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7854 InstantiationDependent))) { 7855 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7856 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7857 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7858 Previous)) 7859 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7860 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7861 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7862 && !isFriend) { 7863 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7864 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7865 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7866 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7867 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7868 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7869 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7870 : nullptr), 7871 Previous)) 7872 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7873 7874 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7875 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7876 // specialization (14.7.3) 7877 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7878 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7879 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7880 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7881 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7882 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7883 << SC 7884 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7885 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7886 7887 else 7888 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7889 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7890 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7891 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7892 } 7893 7894 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7895 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7896 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7897 } 7898 7899 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7900 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7901 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7902 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7903 7904 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7905 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7906 7907 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7908 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7909 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7910 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7911 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7912 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7913 } 7914 7915 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7916 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7917 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7918 7919 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7920 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7921 : NewFD); 7922 7923 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7924 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7925 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7926 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7927 7928 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7929 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7930 } 7931 7932 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7933 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7934 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7935 7936 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7937 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7938 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7939 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7940 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7941 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7942 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7943 : nullptr, 7944 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7945 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7946 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7947 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7948 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7949 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7950 DC->isDependentContext()) 7951 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7952 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7953 } 7954 7955 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7956 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7957 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7958 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7959 AddToScope }; 7960 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7961 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7962 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7963 7964 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7965 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7966 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7967 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7968 7969 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7970 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7971 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7972 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7973 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7974 // can actually do this check immediately. 7975 if (isFriend && 7976 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7977 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7978 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7979 // ignore these 7980 } else { 7981 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7982 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7983 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7984 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7985 // 7986 // class X { 7987 // void f() const; 7988 // }; 7989 // 7990 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7991 // 7992 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7993 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7994 // whether the parameter types are references). 7995 7996 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7997 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7998 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7999 return Result; 8000 } 8001 } 8002 8003 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8004 // to something. 8005 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8006 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8007 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8008 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8009 return Result; 8010 } 8011 } 8012 8013 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8014 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8015 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8016 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8017 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8018 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8019 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8020 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8021 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8022 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8023 // generate them. 8024 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8025 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8026 } 8027 } 8028 8029 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8030 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8031 8032 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8033 8034 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8035 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8036 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8037 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8038 << NewFD; 8039 8040 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8041 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8042 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8043 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8044 EPI.Variadic = true; 8045 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8046 8047 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8048 NewFD->setType(R); 8049 } 8050 8051 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8052 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8053 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8054 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8055 8056 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8057 // marking the function. 8058 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8059 8060 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8061 // a pragma. 8062 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8063 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8064 8065 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8066 // the map of such variables. 8067 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8068 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8069 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8070 8071 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8072 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8073 8074 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8075 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8076 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8077 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8078 } 8079 8080 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8081 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8082 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8083 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8084 return FunctionTemplate; 8085 } 8086 } 8087 8088 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8089 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8090 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8091 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8092 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8093 D.setInvalidType(); 8094 } 8095 8096 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8097 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8098 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8099 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8100 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8101 : FixItHint()); 8102 D.setInvalidType(); 8103 } 8104 8105 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8106 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8107 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8108 } 8109 8110 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8111 8112 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8113 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8114 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8115 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8116 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8117 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8118 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8119 8120 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8121 } 8122 } 8123 8124 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8125 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8126 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8127 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8128 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8129 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8130 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8131 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8132 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8133 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8134 AddToScope = false; 8135 } 8136 8137 return NewFD; 8138 } 8139 8140 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8141 /// 8142 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8143 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8144 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8145 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8146 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8147 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8148 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8149 /// 8150 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8151 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8152 /// 8153 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8154 /// 8155 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8156 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8157 LookupResult &Previous, 8158 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8159 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8160 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8161 8162 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8163 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8164 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8165 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8166 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8167 8168 bool Redeclaration = false; 8169 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8170 8171 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8172 // the same name, if appropriate. 8173 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8174 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8175 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8176 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8177 // function to the scope. 8178 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8179 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8180 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8181 Redeclaration = true; 8182 OldDecl = Candidate; 8183 } 8184 } else { 8185 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8186 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8187 case Ovl_Match: 8188 Redeclaration = true; 8189 break; 8190 8191 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8192 Redeclaration = true; 8193 break; 8194 8195 case Ovl_Overload: 8196 Redeclaration = false; 8197 break; 8198 } 8199 8200 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8201 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8202 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8203 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8204 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8205 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8206 if (Redeclaration) 8207 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8208 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8209 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8210 if (OverloadedDecl) 8211 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8212 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8213 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8214 } 8215 } 8216 } 8217 8218 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8219 if (!Redeclaration && 8220 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8221 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8222 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8223 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8224 Redeclaration = true; 8225 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8226 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8227 8228 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8229 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8230 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8231 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8232 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8233 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8234 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8235 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8236 } 8237 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8238 Redeclaration = false; 8239 OldDecl = nullptr; 8240 } 8241 } 8242 } 8243 } 8244 8245 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8246 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8247 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8248 // 8249 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8250 // definition of a static member function. 8251 // 8252 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8253 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8254 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8255 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8256 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8257 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8258 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8259 if (OldDecl) 8260 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8261 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8262 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8263 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8264 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8265 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8266 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8267 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8268 8269 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8270 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8271 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8272 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8273 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8274 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8275 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8276 8277 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8278 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8279 } 8280 } 8281 } 8282 8283 if (Redeclaration) { 8284 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8285 // merged. 8286 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8287 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8288 return Redeclaration; 8289 } 8290 8291 Previous.clear(); 8292 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8293 8294 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8295 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8296 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8297 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8298 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8299 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8300 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8301 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8302 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8303 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8304 } 8305 8306 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8307 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8308 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8309 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8310 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8311 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8312 } 8313 8314 } else { 8315 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8316 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8317 8318 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8319 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8320 } 8321 } 8322 8323 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8324 8325 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8326 // C++-specific checks. 8327 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8328 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8329 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8330 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8331 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8332 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8333 8334 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8335 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8336 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8337 DeclarationName Name 8338 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8339 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8340 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8341 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8342 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8343 return Redeclaration; 8344 } 8345 } 8346 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8347 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8348 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8349 } 8350 8351 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8352 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8353 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8354 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8355 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8356 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8357 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8358 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8359 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8360 } 8361 } 8362 } 8363 8364 if (Method->isStatic()) 8365 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8366 } 8367 8368 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8369 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8370 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8371 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8372 return Redeclaration; 8373 } 8374 8375 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8376 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8377 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8378 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8379 return Redeclaration; 8380 } 8381 8382 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8383 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8384 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8385 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8386 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8387 8388 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8389 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8390 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8391 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8392 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8393 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8394 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8395 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8396 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8397 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8398 } 8399 } 8400 8401 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8402 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8403 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8404 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8405 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8406 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8407 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8408 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8409 << NewFD << R; 8410 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8411 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8412 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8413 } 8414 } 8415 return Redeclaration; 8416 } 8417 8418 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8419 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8420 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8421 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8422 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8423 // appear in a declaration of main. 8424 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8425 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8426 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8427 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8428 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8429 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8430 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8431 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8432 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8433 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8434 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8435 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8436 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8437 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8438 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8439 } 8440 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8441 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8442 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8443 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8444 } 8445 8446 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8447 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8448 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8449 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8450 return; 8451 } 8452 8453 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8454 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8455 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8456 8457 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8458 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8459 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8460 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8461 8462 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8463 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8464 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8465 else { 8466 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8467 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8468 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8469 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8470 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8471 } 8472 } else { 8473 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8474 // set the flag which tells us that. 8475 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8476 8477 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8478 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8479 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8480 else { 8481 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8482 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8483 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8484 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8485 : FixItHint()); 8486 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8487 } 8488 } 8489 8490 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8491 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8492 8493 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8494 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8495 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8496 8497 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8498 8499 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8500 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8501 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8502 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8503 } 8504 8505 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8506 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8507 // getting shifty. 8508 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8509 HasExtraParameters = false; 8510 8511 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8512 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8513 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8514 nparams = 3; 8515 } 8516 8517 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8518 // if we had some location information about types. 8519 8520 QualType CharPP = 8521 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8522 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8523 8524 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8525 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8526 8527 bool mismatch = true; 8528 8529 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8530 mismatch = false; 8531 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8532 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8533 // char const ** 8534 // char const * const * 8535 // char * const * 8536 8537 QualifierCollector qs; 8538 const PointerType* PT; 8539 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8540 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8541 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8542 Context.CharTy)) { 8543 qs.removeConst(); 8544 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8545 } 8546 } 8547 8548 if (mismatch) { 8549 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8550 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8551 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8552 } 8553 } 8554 8555 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8556 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8557 } 8558 8559 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8560 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8561 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8562 } 8563 } 8564 8565 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8566 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8567 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8568 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8569 8570 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8571 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8572 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8573 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8574 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8575 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8576 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8577 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8578 8579 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8580 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8581 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8582 } 8583 } 8584 8585 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8586 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8587 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8588 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8589 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8590 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8591 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8592 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8593 // rules there don't matter.) 8594 const Expr *Culprit; 8595 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8596 return false; 8597 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8598 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8599 return true; 8600 } 8601 8602 namespace { 8603 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8604 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8605 class SelfReferenceChecker 8606 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8607 Sema &S; 8608 Decl *OrigDecl; 8609 bool isRecordType; 8610 bool isPODType; 8611 bool isReferenceType; 8612 8613 bool isInitList; 8614 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8615 public: 8616 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8617 8618 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8619 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8620 isPODType = false; 8621 isRecordType = false; 8622 isReferenceType = false; 8623 isInitList = false; 8624 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8625 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8626 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8627 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8628 } 8629 } 8630 8631 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8632 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8633 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8634 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8635 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8636 if (!InitList) { 8637 Visit(E); 8638 return; 8639 } 8640 8641 // Track and increment the index here. 8642 isInitList = true; 8643 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8644 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8645 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8646 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8647 } 8648 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8649 } 8650 8651 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8652 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8653 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8654 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8655 Expr *Base = E; 8656 bool ReferenceField = false; 8657 8658 // Get the field memebers used. 8659 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8660 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8661 if (!FD) 8662 return false; 8663 Fields.push_back(FD); 8664 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8665 ReferenceField = true; 8666 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8667 } 8668 8669 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8670 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8671 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8672 return false; 8673 8674 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8675 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8676 return true; 8677 8678 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8679 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8680 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8681 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8682 8683 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8684 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8685 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8686 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8687 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8688 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8689 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8690 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8691 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8692 return true; 8693 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8694 break; 8695 } 8696 8697 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8698 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8699 return true; 8700 } 8701 8702 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8703 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8704 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8705 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8706 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8707 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8708 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8709 return; 8710 } 8711 8712 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8713 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8714 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8715 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8716 return; 8717 } 8718 8719 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8720 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8721 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8722 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8723 return; 8724 } 8725 8726 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8727 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8728 return; 8729 } 8730 8731 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8732 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8733 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8734 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8735 return; 8736 } 8737 } 8738 8739 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8740 if (isInitList) { 8741 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8742 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8743 return; 8744 } 8745 8746 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8747 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8748 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8749 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8750 return; 8751 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8752 } 8753 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8754 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8755 return; 8756 } 8757 8758 Visit(E); 8759 } 8760 8761 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8762 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8763 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8764 if (isReferenceType) 8765 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8766 } 8767 8768 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8769 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8770 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8771 return; 8772 } 8773 8774 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8775 } 8776 8777 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8778 if (isInitList) { 8779 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8780 return; 8781 } 8782 8783 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8784 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8785 8786 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8787 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8788 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8789 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8790 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8791 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8792 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8793 Warn = false; 8794 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8795 } 8796 8797 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8798 if (Warn) 8799 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8800 return; 8801 } 8802 8803 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8804 // Visit that expression. 8805 Visit(Base); 8806 } 8807 8808 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8809 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8810 8811 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8812 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8813 8814 Visit(Callee); 8815 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8816 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8817 } 8818 8819 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8820 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8821 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8822 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8823 if (!isPODType) 8824 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8825 return; 8826 } 8827 8828 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8829 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8830 return; 8831 } 8832 8833 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8834 } 8835 8836 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8837 8838 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8839 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8840 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8841 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8842 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8843 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8844 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8845 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8846 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8847 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8848 return; 8849 } 8850 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8851 } 8852 8853 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8854 // Treat std::move as a use. 8855 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8856 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8857 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8858 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8859 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8860 return; 8861 } 8862 } 8863 } 8864 8865 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8866 } 8867 8868 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8869 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8870 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8871 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8872 return; 8873 } 8874 8875 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8876 } 8877 8878 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8879 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8880 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8881 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8882 Visit(E->getCond()); 8883 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8884 } 8885 8886 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8887 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8888 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8889 unsigned diag; 8890 if (isReferenceType) { 8891 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8892 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8893 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8894 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8895 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8896 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 8897 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8898 } else { 8899 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 8900 return; 8901 } 8902 8903 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8904 S.PDiag(diag) 8905 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8906 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8907 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8908 } 8909 }; 8910 8911 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8912 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8913 bool DirectInit) { 8914 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8915 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8916 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8917 return; 8918 8919 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8920 8921 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8922 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8923 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8924 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8925 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8926 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8927 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8928 return; 8929 8930 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8931 } 8932 } 8933 8934 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8935 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8936 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8937 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8938 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8939 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8940 // the initializer. 8941 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8942 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 8943 return; 8944 } 8945 8946 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8947 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 8948 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8949 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8950 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8951 return; 8952 } 8953 8954 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8955 if (!VDecl) { 8956 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8957 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8958 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8959 return; 8960 } 8961 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8962 8963 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8964 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8965 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 8966 // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a 8967 // TypoExpr. 8968 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 8969 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 8970 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8971 return; 8972 } 8973 8974 if (Res.get() != Init) { 8975 Init = Res.get(); 8976 if (CXXDirectInit) 8977 CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8978 } 8979 8980 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8981 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8982 // contains exactly one expression. 8983 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8984 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8985 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8986 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8987 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8988 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8989 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8990 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8991 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8992 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8993 return; 8994 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8995 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8996 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8997 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8998 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8999 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 9000 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 9001 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9002 return; 9003 } else { 9004 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 9005 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 9006 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 9007 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9008 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 9009 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 9010 } 9011 } 9012 9013 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9014 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 9015 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9016 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9017 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9018 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9019 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9020 return; 9021 } 9022 Init = Result.get(); 9023 DefaultedToAuto = true; 9024 } 9025 9026 QualType DeducedType; 9027 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 9028 DAR_Failed) 9029 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9030 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9031 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9032 return; 9033 } 9034 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9035 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9036 9037 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9038 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9039 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9040 9041 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9042 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 9043 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9044 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9045 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 9046 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9047 SourceLocation Loc = 9048 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9049 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 9050 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9051 } 9052 9053 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9054 // the previously declared type. 9055 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9056 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9057 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9058 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 9059 } 9060 9061 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9062 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9063 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9064 return; 9065 9066 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 9067 // we implement N3922. 9068 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 9069 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 9070 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 9071 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 9072 } 9073 } 9074 9075 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9076 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9077 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9078 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9079 return; 9080 } 9081 9082 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9083 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9084 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9085 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9086 return; 9087 } 9088 9089 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9090 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9091 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9092 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9093 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9094 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9095 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9096 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9097 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9098 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9099 return; 9100 } 9101 9102 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9103 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9104 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9105 AbstractVariableType)) 9106 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9107 } 9108 9109 VarDecl *Def; 9110 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9111 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9112 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9113 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9114 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9115 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9116 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9117 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9118 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9119 } else { 9120 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9121 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9122 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9123 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9124 return; 9125 } 9126 } 9127 9128 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9129 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9130 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9131 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9132 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9133 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9134 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9135 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9136 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9137 // 9138 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9139 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9140 // declaration with an initializer. 9141 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9142 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9143 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9144 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9145 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9146 << 0; 9147 return; 9148 } 9149 9150 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9151 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9152 9153 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9154 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9155 return; 9156 } 9157 } 9158 9159 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9160 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9161 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 9162 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9163 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9164 return; 9165 } 9166 9167 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9168 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9169 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9170 9171 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9172 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9173 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9174 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9175 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9176 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9177 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9178 return; 9179 } 9180 Init = Result.get(); 9181 } 9182 9183 // Perform the initialization. 9184 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9185 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9186 InitializationKind Kind 9187 = DirectInit ? 9188 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9189 Init->getLocStart(), 9190 Init->getLocEnd()) 9191 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 9192 VDecl->getLocation()) 9193 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9194 Init->getLocStart()); 9195 9196 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9197 if (CXXDirectInit) 9198 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9199 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9200 9201 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9202 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9203 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9204 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9205 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9206 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9207 }); 9208 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9209 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9210 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9211 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9212 } 9213 } 9214 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9215 return; 9216 9217 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9218 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9219 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9220 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9221 return; 9222 } 9223 9224 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9225 } 9226 9227 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9228 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9229 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9230 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9231 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9232 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9233 } 9234 9235 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9236 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9237 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9238 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9239 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9240 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9241 9242 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9243 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9244 9245 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9246 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9247 9248 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9249 // Although this code can still have problems: 9250 // id x = self.weakProp; 9251 // id y = self.weakProp; 9252 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9253 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9254 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9255 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9256 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9257 Init->getLocStart())) 9258 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9259 } 9260 9261 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9262 // 9263 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9264 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9265 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9266 // 9267 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9268 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9269 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9270 // 9271 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9272 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9273 false, 9274 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9275 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9276 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9277 return; 9278 } 9279 Init = Result.get(); 9280 9281 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9282 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9283 9284 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9285 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9286 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9287 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9288 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9289 const Expr *Culprit; 9290 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9291 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9292 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9293 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9294 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9295 // constant expressions. 9296 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9297 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9298 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9299 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9300 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9301 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9302 } 9303 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9304 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9305 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9306 // 9307 // struct S { 9308 // static const int value = 17; 9309 // }; 9310 9311 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9312 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9313 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9314 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9315 // 9316 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9317 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9318 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9319 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9320 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9321 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9322 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9323 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9324 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9325 9326 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9327 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9328 9329 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9330 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9331 // type. 9332 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9333 9334 // Require constness. 9335 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9336 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9337 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9338 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9339 9340 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9341 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9342 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9343 SourceLocation Loc; 9344 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9345 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9346 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9347 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9348 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9349 ; // Nothing to check. 9350 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9351 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9352 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9353 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9354 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9355 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9356 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9357 } else { 9358 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9359 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9360 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9361 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9362 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9363 } 9364 9365 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9366 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9367 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9368 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9369 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9370 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9371 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9372 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9373 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9374 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9375 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9376 } else { 9377 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9378 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9379 9380 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9381 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9382 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9383 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9384 } 9385 } 9386 9387 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9388 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9389 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9390 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9391 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9392 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9393 9394 } else { 9395 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9396 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9397 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9398 } 9399 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9400 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9401 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9402 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9403 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9404 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9405 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9406 9407 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9408 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9409 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9410 } 9411 9412 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9413 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9414 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9415 // 9416 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9417 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9418 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9419 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9420 // special case code. 9421 9422 // C++ 8.5p11: 9423 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9424 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9425 // class type. 9426 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9427 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9428 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9429 } else if (DirectInit) { 9430 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9431 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9432 } 9433 9434 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9435 } 9436 9437 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9438 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9439 /// of sanity. 9440 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9441 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9442 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9443 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9444 9445 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9446 if (!VD) return; 9447 9448 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9449 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9450 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9451 return; 9452 } 9453 9454 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9455 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9456 9457 // Require a complete type. 9458 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9459 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9460 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9461 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9462 return; 9463 } 9464 9465 // Require a non-abstract type. 9466 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9467 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9468 AbstractVariableType)) { 9469 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9470 return; 9471 } 9472 9473 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9474 // though. 9475 } 9476 9477 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9478 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9479 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9480 if (!RealDecl) 9481 return; 9482 9483 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9484 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9485 9486 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9487 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9488 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9489 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9490 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9491 return; 9492 } 9493 9494 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9495 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9496 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9497 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9498 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9499 // member. 9500 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9501 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9502 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9503 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9504 << Var->getDeclName(); 9505 else 9506 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9507 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9508 return; 9509 } 9510 9511 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9512 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9513 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9514 if (Var->isConcept()) { 9515 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9516 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9517 return; 9518 } 9519 9520 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9521 // be initialized. 9522 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9523 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9524 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9525 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9526 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9527 return; 9528 } 9529 9530 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9531 case VarDecl::Definition: 9532 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9533 break; 9534 9535 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9536 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9537 // a declaration. 9538 // 9539 // Fall through 9540 9541 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9542 // It's only a declaration. 9543 9544 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9545 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9546 // object shall be complete. 9547 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9548 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9549 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9550 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9551 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9552 9553 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9554 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9555 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9556 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9557 AbstractVariableType)) 9558 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9559 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9560 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9561 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9562 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9563 } 9564 9565 return; 9566 9567 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9568 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9569 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9570 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9571 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9572 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9573 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9574 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9575 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9576 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9577 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9578 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9579 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9580 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9581 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9582 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9583 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9584 // NOTE: code such as the following 9585 // static struct s; 9586 // struct s { int a; }; 9587 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9588 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9589 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9590 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9591 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9592 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9593 } 9594 } 9595 9596 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9597 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9598 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9599 return; 9600 } 9601 9602 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9603 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9604 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9605 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9606 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9607 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9608 return; 9609 } 9610 9611 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9612 // definitions with reference type. 9613 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9614 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9615 << Var->getDeclName() 9616 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9617 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9618 return; 9619 } 9620 9621 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9622 // variable with dependent type. 9623 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9624 return; 9625 9626 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9627 return; 9628 9629 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9630 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9631 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9632 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9633 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9634 return; 9635 } 9636 } else { 9637 return; 9638 } 9639 9640 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9641 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9642 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9643 AbstractVariableType)) { 9644 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9645 return; 9646 } 9647 9648 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9649 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9650 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9651 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9652 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9653 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9654 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9655 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9656 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9657 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9658 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9659 if (const RecordType *Record 9660 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9661 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9662 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9663 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9664 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9665 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9666 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9667 } 9668 } 9669 9670 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9671 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9672 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9673 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9674 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9675 // type shall have a user-declared default 9676 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9677 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9678 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9679 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9680 // program is ill-formed. 9681 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9682 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9683 // default-initialized; [...]. 9684 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9685 InitializationKind Kind 9686 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9687 9688 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9689 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9690 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9691 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9692 else if (Init.get()) { 9693 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9694 // This is important for template substitution. 9695 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9696 } 9697 9698 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9699 } 9700 } 9701 9702 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9703 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9704 if (!VD) { 9705 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9706 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9707 return; 9708 } 9709 9710 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9711 9712 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9713 int Error = -1; 9714 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9715 case SC_None: 9716 break; 9717 case SC_Extern: 9718 Error = 0; 9719 break; 9720 case SC_Static: 9721 Error = 1; 9722 break; 9723 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9724 Error = 2; 9725 break; 9726 case SC_Auto: 9727 Error = 3; 9728 break; 9729 case SC_Register: 9730 Error = 4; 9731 break; 9732 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9733 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9734 } 9735 if (Error != -1) { 9736 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9737 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9738 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9739 } 9740 } 9741 9742 StmtResult 9743 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9744 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9745 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9746 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9747 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9748 // A range-based for statement of the form 9749 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9750 // is equivalent to 9751 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9752 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9753 9754 const char *PrevSpec; 9755 unsigned DiagID; 9756 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9757 getPrintingPolicy()); 9758 9759 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9760 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9761 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9762 9763 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9764 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9765 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9766 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9767 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9768 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9769 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9770 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9771 } 9772 9773 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9774 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9775 9776 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9777 // local retaining variable. 9778 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9779 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9780 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9781 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9782 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9783 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9784 break; 9785 9786 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9787 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9788 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9789 break; 9790 } 9791 } 9792 9793 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9794 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9795 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9796 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9797 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9798 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9799 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9800 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9801 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9802 var->getLocation())) { 9803 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9804 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9805 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9806 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9807 9808 if (!prev) 9809 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9810 } 9811 9812 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9813 const Expr *Culprit; 9814 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9815 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9816 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9817 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9818 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9820 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9821 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9822 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9823 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9824 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9825 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9826 // initialization. 9827 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9828 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9829 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9830 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9831 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9832 } 9833 9834 } 9835 9836 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9837 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9838 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9839 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9840 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9841 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9842 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9843 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9844 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9845 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9846 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9847 } else { 9848 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9849 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9850 } 9851 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9852 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9853 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9854 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9855 } 9856 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9857 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9858 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9859 9860 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9861 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9862 // attribute. 9863 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9864 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9865 CurInitSegLoc)); 9866 } 9867 9868 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9869 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9870 9871 QualType type = var->getType(); 9872 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9873 9874 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9875 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9876 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9877 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9878 9879 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9880 // constructing this copy. 9881 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9882 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9883 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9884 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9885 ExprResult result 9886 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9887 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9888 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9889 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9890 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9891 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9892 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9893 } 9894 } 9895 } 9896 9897 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9898 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9899 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9900 9901 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9902 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9903 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9904 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9905 var->getLocation())) { 9906 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9907 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9908 // warned about them. 9909 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9910 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9911 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9912 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9913 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9914 } 9915 9916 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9917 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9918 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9919 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9920 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9921 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9922 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9923 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9924 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9925 Notes.clear(); 9926 } 9927 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9928 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9929 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9930 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9931 } 9932 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9933 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9934 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9935 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9936 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9937 } 9938 } 9939 9940 // Require the destructor. 9941 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9942 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9943 } 9944 9945 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 9946 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 9947 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 9948 return true; 9949 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 9950 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 9951 return true; 9952 return false; 9953 } 9954 9955 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9956 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9957 void 9958 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9959 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9960 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9961 9962 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9963 if (!VD) 9964 return; 9965 9966 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9967 9968 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 9969 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 9970 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 9971 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 9972 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 9973 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 9974 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 9975 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 9976 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 9977 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 9978 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 9979 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 9980 } 9981 } 9982 } 9983 9984 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9985 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9986 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9987 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9988 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9989 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9990 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9991 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9992 } 9993 } 9994 } 9995 9996 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9997 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9998 9999 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10000 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10001 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10002 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10003 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10004 // with a warning. 10005 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10006 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10007 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10008 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10009 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10010 10011 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10012 IsClassTemplateMember 10013 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10014 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10015 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10016 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10017 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10018 } 10019 } 10020 10021 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10022 // isn't exported with the variable. 10023 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10024 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10025 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10026 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10027 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10028 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10029 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10030 } else { 10031 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10032 << DLLAttr; 10033 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10034 } 10035 } 10036 10037 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10038 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10039 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10040 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10041 } 10042 } 10043 10044 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10045 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10046 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10047 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10048 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10049 10050 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10051 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10052 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10053 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10054 10055 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10056 // tag values. 10057 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10058 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10059 return; 10060 10061 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10062 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10063 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10064 continue; 10065 } 10066 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10067 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10068 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10069 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10070 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10071 continue; 10072 } 10073 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10074 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10075 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10076 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10077 continue; 10078 } 10079 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10080 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10081 MagicValue, 10082 I->getMatchingCType(), 10083 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10084 I->getMustBeNull()); 10085 } 10086 } 10087 10088 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10089 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10090 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10091 10092 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10093 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10094 10095 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10096 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10097 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10098 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10099 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10100 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10101 Decls.push_back(D); 10102 } 10103 10104 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10105 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10106 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10107 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10108 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10109 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10110 } 10111 } 10112 10113 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10114 } 10115 10116 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10117 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10118 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10119 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10120 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10121 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10122 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10123 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10124 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10125 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10126 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10127 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10128 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10129 QualType Deduced; 10130 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10131 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10132 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10133 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10134 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10135 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10136 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10137 break; 10138 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10139 if (!U.isNull()) { 10140 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10141 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10142 Deduced = U; 10143 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10144 DeducedDecl = D; 10145 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10146 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10147 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10148 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 10149 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10150 << U << D->getDeclName() 10151 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10152 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10153 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10154 break; 10155 } 10156 } 10157 } 10158 } 10159 } 10160 10161 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10162 10163 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10164 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10165 } 10166 10167 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10168 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10169 } 10170 10171 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10172 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10173 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10174 return; 10175 10176 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10177 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10178 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10179 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10180 return; 10181 10182 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10183 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10184 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10185 // additional declaration references: 10186 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10187 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10188 // 'struct S *pS;' 10189 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10190 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10191 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10192 Group = Group.slice(1); 10193 } 10194 } 10195 10196 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10197 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10198 if (!Comments.empty() && 10199 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10200 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10201 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10202 // 10203 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10204 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10205 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10206 // ahead through comments. 10207 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10208 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10209 } 10210 } 10211 10212 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10213 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10214 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10215 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10216 10217 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10218 10219 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10220 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10221 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10222 SC = SC_Register; 10223 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10224 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10225 SC = SC_Auto; 10226 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10227 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10228 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10229 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10230 } 10231 10232 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10233 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10234 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10235 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10236 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10237 << 0; 10238 10239 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10240 10241 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10242 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10243 10244 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10245 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10246 // parameter. 10247 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10248 10249 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10250 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10251 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10252 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10253 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10254 } 10255 } 10256 10257 // Ensure we have a valid name 10258 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10259 if (D.hasName()) { 10260 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10261 if (!II) { 10262 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10263 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10264 D.setInvalidType(true); 10265 } 10266 } 10267 10268 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10269 if (II) { 10270 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10271 ForRedeclaration); 10272 LookupName(R, S); 10273 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10274 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10275 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10276 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10277 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10278 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10279 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10280 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10281 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10282 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10283 10284 // Recover by removing the name 10285 II = nullptr; 10286 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10287 D.setInvalidType(true); 10288 } 10289 } 10290 } 10291 10292 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10293 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10294 // looking like class members in C++. 10295 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10296 D.getLocStart(), 10297 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10298 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10299 SC); 10300 10301 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10302 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10303 10304 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10305 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10306 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10307 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10308 10309 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10310 S->AddDecl(New); 10311 if (II) 10312 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10313 10314 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10315 10316 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10317 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10318 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10319 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10320 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10321 10322 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10323 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10324 } 10325 return New; 10326 } 10327 10328 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10329 /// typedef. 10330 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10331 SourceLocation Loc, 10332 QualType T) { 10333 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10334 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10335 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10336 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10337 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10338 SC_None, nullptr); 10339 Param->setImplicit(); 10340 return Param; 10341 } 10342 10343 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10344 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10345 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10346 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10347 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10348 return; 10349 10350 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10351 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10352 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10353 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10354 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10355 } 10356 } 10357 } 10358 10359 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10360 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10361 QualType ReturnTy, 10362 NamedDecl *D) { 10363 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10364 return; 10365 10366 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10367 // threshold. 10368 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10369 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10370 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10371 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10372 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10373 } 10374 10375 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10376 // threshold. 10377 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10378 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10379 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10380 continue; 10381 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10382 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10383 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10384 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10385 } 10386 } 10387 10388 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10389 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10390 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10391 StorageClass SC) { 10392 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10393 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10394 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10395 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10396 10397 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10398 10399 // Special cases for arrays: 10400 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10401 // - otherwise, it's an error 10402 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10403 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10404 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10405 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10406 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10407 } 10408 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10409 } else { 10410 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10411 } 10412 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10413 } 10414 10415 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10416 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10417 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10418 10419 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10420 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10421 // the class has been completely parsed. 10422 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10423 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10424 AbstractParamType)) 10425 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10426 10427 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10428 // passed by reference. 10429 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10430 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10431 Diag(NameLoc, 10432 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10433 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10434 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10435 New->setType(T); 10436 } 10437 10438 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10439 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10440 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10441 // an address space. 10442 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10443 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10444 // to be qualified with an address space. 10445 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10446 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10447 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10448 } 10449 } 10450 10451 return New; 10452 } 10453 10454 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10455 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10456 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10457 10458 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10459 // for a K&R function. 10460 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10461 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10462 --i; 10463 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10464 SmallString<256> Code; 10465 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10466 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10467 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10468 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10469 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10470 10471 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10472 // type. 10473 AttributeFactory attrs; 10474 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10475 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10476 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10477 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10478 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10479 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10480 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10481 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10482 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10483 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10484 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10485 } 10486 } 10487 } 10488 } 10489 10490 Decl * 10491 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10492 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10493 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10494 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10495 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10496 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10497 10498 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10499 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10500 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10501 } 10502 10503 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10504 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10505 } 10506 10507 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10508 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10509 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10510 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10511 return false; 10512 10513 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10514 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10515 return false; 10516 10517 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10518 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10519 return false; 10520 10521 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10522 if (FD->isMain()) 10523 return false; 10524 10525 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10526 if (FD->isInlined()) 10527 return false; 10528 10529 // Don't warn about function templates. 10530 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10531 return false; 10532 10533 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10534 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10535 return false; 10536 10537 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10538 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10539 return false; 10540 10541 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10542 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10543 return false; 10544 10545 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10546 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10547 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10548 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10549 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10550 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10551 continue; 10552 10553 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10554 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10555 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10556 break; 10557 } 10558 10559 return MissingPrototype; 10560 } 10561 10562 void 10563 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10564 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 10565 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10566 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10567 // was an extern inline function. 10568 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10569 if (!Definition) 10570 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10571 return; 10572 10573 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10574 return; 10575 10576 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10577 // a template, skip the new definition. 10578 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10579 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10580 Definition->isInlined() || 10581 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10582 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 10583 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 10584 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10585 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 10586 else 10587 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 10588 FD->getLocation()); 10589 return; 10590 } 10591 10592 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10593 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10594 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10595 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10596 else 10597 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10598 10599 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10600 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10601 } 10602 10603 10604 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10605 Sema &S) { 10606 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10607 10608 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10609 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10610 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10611 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10612 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10613 10614 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10615 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10616 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10617 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10618 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10619 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10620 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10621 10622 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10623 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10624 10625 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10626 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10627 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10628 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10629 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10630 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10631 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10632 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10633 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10634 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10635 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10636 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10637 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10638 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10639 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10640 10641 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10642 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10643 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10644 } else { 10645 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10646 } 10647 ++I; 10648 } 10649 } 10650 10651 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 10652 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10653 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10654 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10655 10656 if (!D) 10657 return D; 10658 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10659 10660 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10661 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10662 else 10663 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10664 10665 // See if this is a redefinition. 10666 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 10667 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 10668 10669 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 10670 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 10671 return D; 10672 } 10673 10674 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10675 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10676 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10677 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10678 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10679 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10680 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10681 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10682 // have the LSI properly restored. 10683 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10684 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10685 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10686 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10687 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10688 } 10689 else 10690 // Enter a new function scope 10691 PushFunctionScope(); 10692 10693 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10694 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10695 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10696 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10697 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10698 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10699 } 10700 } 10701 10702 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10703 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10704 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10705 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10706 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10707 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10708 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10709 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10710 10711 if (FnBodyScope) 10712 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10713 10714 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10715 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10716 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10717 10718 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10719 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10720 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10721 10722 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10723 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10724 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10725 10726 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10727 } 10728 } 10729 10730 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10731 // introduce them into the function scope. 10732 if (FnBodyScope) { 10733 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10734 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10735 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10736 I != E; ++I) { 10737 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10738 10739 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10740 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10741 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10742 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10743 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10744 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10745 if (DI == D) { 10746 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10747 break; 10748 } 10749 } 10750 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10751 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10752 } 10753 10754 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10755 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10756 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10757 10758 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10759 // accessible in this scope. 10760 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10761 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10762 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10763 } 10764 } 10765 } 10766 10767 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10768 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10769 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10770 10771 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10772 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10773 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10774 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10775 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10776 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10777 return D; 10778 } 10779 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10780 // a function template). 10781 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10782 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10783 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10784 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10785 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10786 10787 return D; 10788 } 10789 10790 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10791 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10792 /// optimization. 10793 /// 10794 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10795 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10796 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10797 /// use the named return value optimization. 10798 /// 10799 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10800 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10801 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10802 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10803 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10804 10805 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10806 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10807 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10808 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10809 } 10810 } 10811 } 10812 10813 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10814 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10815 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10816 return false; 10817 10818 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10819 // return type (yet). 10820 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10821 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10822 // we can still delay parsing it. 10823 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10824 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10825 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10826 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10827 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10828 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10829 } 10830 } 10831 return false; 10832 } 10833 10834 return true; 10835 } 10836 10837 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10838 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10839 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10840 // rest of the file. 10841 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10842 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10843 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10844 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10845 return false; 10846 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10847 } 10848 10849 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10850 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10851 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10852 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10853 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10854 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10855 } 10856 10857 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10858 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10859 } 10860 10861 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10862 bool IsInstantiation) { 10863 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10864 10865 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10866 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10867 10868 if (FD) { 10869 FD->setBody(Body); 10870 10871 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10872 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10873 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10874 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10875 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10876 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10877 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10878 << FD->getReturnType(); 10879 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10880 } else { 10881 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10882 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10883 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10884 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10885 } 10886 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 10887 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 10888 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 10889 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 10890 10891 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 10892 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 10893 // [the deduced type is] the type void 10894 QualType RetType = 10895 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 10896 10897 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 10898 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 10899 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10900 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 10901 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 10902 } 10903 } 10904 10905 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10906 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10907 // is the first declaration. 10908 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10909 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10910 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10911 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10912 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 10913 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10914 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10915 } 10916 10917 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10918 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10919 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10920 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10921 10922 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10923 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10924 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10925 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10926 10927 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10928 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10929 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 10930 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10931 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10932 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10933 10934 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10935 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10936 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10937 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10938 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10939 10940 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10941 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10942 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10943 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10944 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10945 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10946 } 10947 10948 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10949 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10950 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10951 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10952 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10953 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10954 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10955 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10956 10957 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10958 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10959 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10960 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10961 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10962 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10963 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10964 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10965 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10966 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10967 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10968 } 10969 } 10970 } 10971 10972 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 10973 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 10974 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 10975 MD->isVirtual() && 10976 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 10977 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 10978 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 10979 if (FD->isInlined() && 10980 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 10981 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 10982 10983 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 10984 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 10985 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 10986 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 10987 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 10988 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10989 } else { 10990 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 10991 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10992 } 10993 } 10994 } 10995 10996 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10997 "Function parsing confused"); 10998 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10999 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11000 MD->setBody(Body); 11001 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11002 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11003 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11004 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11005 11006 if (Body) 11007 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11008 } 11009 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11010 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11011 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11012 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11013 } 11014 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11015 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11016 bool isDesignated = 11017 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11018 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11019 (void)isDesignated; 11020 11021 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11022 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11023 if (!IFace) 11024 return false; 11025 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11026 if (!SuperD) 11027 return false; 11028 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11029 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11030 }; 11031 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11032 // of NSObject. 11033 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11034 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11035 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11036 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11037 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11038 } 11039 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11040 } 11041 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11042 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11043 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11044 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11045 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11046 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11047 } 11048 } else { 11049 return nullptr; 11050 } 11051 11052 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11053 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11054 "handled in the block above."); 11055 11056 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11057 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11058 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11059 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11060 // Verify this. 11061 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11062 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11063 11064 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11065 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11066 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11067 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11068 11069 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11070 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11071 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11072 11073 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11074 Destructor->getParent()); 11075 } 11076 11077 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11078 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11079 // deletion in some later function. 11080 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11081 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11082 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11083 } 11084 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11085 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11086 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11087 // enabled. 11088 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11089 } 11090 11091 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11092 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11093 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11094 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11095 11096 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11097 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11098 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11099 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11100 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11101 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11102 break; 11103 } 11104 } 11105 } 11106 11107 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11108 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11109 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11110 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11111 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11112 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11113 } 11114 11115 if (!IsInstantiation) 11116 PopDeclContext(); 11117 11118 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11119 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11120 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11121 // deletion in some later function. 11122 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11123 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11124 } 11125 11126 return dcl; 11127 } 11128 11129 11130 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11131 /// relevant Decl. 11132 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11133 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11134 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11135 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11136 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11137 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11138 11139 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11140 if (Method->isStatic()) 11141 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11142 } 11143 11144 11145 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11146 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11147 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11148 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11149 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11150 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11151 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11152 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11153 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11154 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11155 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11156 return ExternCPrev; 11157 } 11158 11159 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11160 unsigned diag_id; 11161 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11162 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11163 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11164 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11165 else 11166 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11167 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11168 11169 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11170 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11171 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11172 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11173 if (S && 11174 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11175 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11176 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11177 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11178 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11179 } 11180 11181 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11182 const char *Dummy; 11183 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11184 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11185 unsigned DiagID; 11186 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11187 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11188 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11189 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11190 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11191 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11192 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11193 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11194 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11195 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11196 /*NumParams=*/0, 11197 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11198 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11199 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11200 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11201 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11202 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11203 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11204 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11205 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11206 EST_None, 11207 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11208 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11209 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11210 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11211 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11212 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11213 Loc, Loc, D), 11214 DS.getAttributes(), 11215 SourceLocation()); 11216 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11217 11218 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11219 11220 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11221 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11222 11223 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11224 FD->setImplicit(); 11225 11226 CurContext = PrevDC; 11227 11228 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11229 11230 return FD; 11231 } 11232 11233 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11234 /// the declaration of this function. 11235 /// 11236 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11237 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11238 /// like NSLog or printf. 11239 /// 11240 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11241 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11242 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11243 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11244 return; 11245 11246 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11247 // actual attributes. 11248 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11249 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11250 unsigned FormatIdx; 11251 bool HasVAListArg; 11252 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11253 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11254 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11255 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11256 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11257 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11258 fmt = "NSString"; 11259 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11260 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11261 FormatIdx+1, 11262 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11263 FD->getLocation())); 11264 } 11265 } 11266 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11267 HasVAListArg)) { 11268 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11269 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11270 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11271 FormatIdx+1, 11272 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11273 FD->getLocation())); 11274 } 11275 11276 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11277 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11278 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11279 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11280 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11281 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11282 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11283 } 11284 11285 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11286 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11287 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11288 FD->getLocation())); 11289 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11290 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11291 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11292 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11293 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 11294 Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11295 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11296 // Assign appropriate attribute depending on CUDA compilation 11297 // mode and the target builtin belongs to. E.g. during host 11298 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, the rest are __host__. 11299 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11300 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11301 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11302 else 11303 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11304 } 11305 } 11306 11307 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11308 if (!Name) 11309 return; 11310 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11311 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11312 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11313 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11314 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11315 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11316 // about. 11317 } else 11318 return; 11319 11320 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11321 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11322 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11323 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11324 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11325 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11326 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11327 FD->getLocation())); 11328 } 11329 11330 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11331 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11332 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11333 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11334 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11335 FD->getLocation())); 11336 } 11337 } 11338 11339 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11340 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11341 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11342 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11343 11344 if (!TInfo) { 11345 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11346 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11347 } 11348 11349 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11350 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11351 D.getLocStart(), 11352 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11353 D.getIdentifier(), 11354 TInfo); 11355 11356 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11357 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11358 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11359 return NewTD; 11360 } 11361 11362 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11363 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11364 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11365 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11366 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11367 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11368 else 11369 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11370 } 11371 11372 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11373 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11374 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11375 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11376 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11377 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11378 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11379 case TST_enum: 11380 case TST_struct: 11381 case TST_interface: 11382 case TST_union: 11383 case TST_class: { 11384 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11385 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11386 break; 11387 } 11388 11389 default: 11390 break; 11391 } 11392 11393 return NewTD; 11394 } 11395 11396 11397 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11398 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11399 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11400 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11401 11402 if (T->isDependentType()) 11403 return false; 11404 11405 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11406 if (BT->isInteger()) 11407 return false; 11408 11409 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11410 return true; 11411 } 11412 11413 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11414 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11415 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 11416 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11417 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11418 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11419 11420 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11421 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11422 << Prev->isScoped(); 11423 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11424 return true; 11425 } 11426 11427 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11428 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11429 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11430 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11431 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11432 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11433 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11434 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11435 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11436 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11437 return true; 11438 } 11439 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11440 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11441 << Prev->isFixed(); 11442 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11443 return true; 11444 } 11445 11446 return false; 11447 } 11448 11449 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11450 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11451 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11452 /// 11453 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11454 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11455 switch (Tag) { 11456 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11457 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11458 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11459 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11460 } 11461 } 11462 11463 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11464 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11465 /// 11466 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11467 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11468 { 11469 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11470 } 11471 11472 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11473 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11474 /// 11475 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11476 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11477 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11478 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11479 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11480 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11481 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11482 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11483 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11484 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11485 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11486 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11487 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11488 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11489 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11490 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11491 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11492 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11493 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11494 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11495 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11496 return true; 11497 11498 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11499 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11500 bool isTemplate = false; 11501 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11502 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11503 11504 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11505 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11506 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11507 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11508 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11509 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11510 return true; 11511 } 11512 11513 if (isDefinition) { 11514 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11515 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11516 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11517 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11518 return true; 11519 } 11520 11521 bool previousMismatch = false; 11522 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11523 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11524 if (!previousMismatch) { 11525 previousMismatch = true; 11526 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11527 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11528 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11529 } 11530 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11531 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11532 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11533 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11534 } 11535 } 11536 return true; 11537 } 11538 11539 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11540 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11541 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11542 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11543 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11544 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11545 return true; 11546 } 11547 11548 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11549 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11550 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11551 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11552 11553 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11554 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11555 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11556 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11557 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11558 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11559 } 11560 11561 return true; 11562 } 11563 return false; 11564 } 11565 11566 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11567 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11568 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11569 /// namespace N { 11570 /// struct X; 11571 /// namespace M { 11572 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11573 /// } 11574 /// } 11575 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11576 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11577 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11578 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11579 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11580 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11581 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11582 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11583 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11584 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11585 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11586 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11587 return FixItHint(); 11588 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11589 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11590 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11591 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11592 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11593 break; 11594 } 11595 11596 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11597 // build an NNS. 11598 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11599 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11600 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11601 OS << "::"; 11602 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11603 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11604 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11605 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11606 } 11607 11608 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11609 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11610 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11611 /// using-declaration). 11612 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11613 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11614 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11615 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11616 11617 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11618 return true; 11619 11620 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11621 // encloses the other). 11622 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11623 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11624 return true; 11625 11626 return false; 11627 } 11628 11629 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11630 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11631 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11632 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11633 /// 11634 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11635 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11636 /// 11637 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11638 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11639 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11640 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11641 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11642 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11643 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11644 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11645 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11646 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11647 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11648 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11649 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11650 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11651 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11652 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11653 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11654 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11655 11656 OwnedDecl = false; 11657 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11658 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11659 11660 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11661 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11662 bool Invalid = false; 11663 11664 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11665 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11666 // for non-C++ cases. 11667 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11668 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11669 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11670 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11671 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11672 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11673 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11674 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11675 return nullptr; 11676 } 11677 11678 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11679 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11680 // be a member of another template). 11681 11682 if (Invalid) 11683 return nullptr; 11684 11685 OwnedDecl = false; 11686 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11687 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11688 TemplateParams, AS, 11689 ModulePrivateLoc, 11690 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11691 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11692 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11693 SkipBody); 11694 return Result.get(); 11695 } else { 11696 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11697 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11698 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11699 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11700 } 11701 } 11702 } 11703 11704 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11705 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11706 // redeclaration. 11707 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11708 11709 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11710 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11711 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11712 // type, default to int. 11713 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11714 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11715 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11716 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11717 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11718 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11719 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11720 11721 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11722 // Recover by falling back to int. 11723 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11724 11725 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11726 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11727 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11728 11729 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11730 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11731 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11732 } 11733 11734 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11735 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11736 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11737 11738 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11739 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11740 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11741 11742 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11743 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11744 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11745 11746 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11747 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11748 Name = nullptr; 11749 goto CreateNewDecl; 11750 } 11751 11752 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11753 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11754 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11755 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11756 if (!DC) { 11757 IsDependent = true; 11758 return nullptr; 11759 } 11760 } else { 11761 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11762 if (!DC) { 11763 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11764 << SS.getRange(); 11765 return nullptr; 11766 } 11767 } 11768 11769 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11770 return nullptr; 11771 11772 SearchDC = DC; 11773 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11774 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11775 11776 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11777 return nullptr; 11778 11779 if (Previous.empty()) { 11780 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11781 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11782 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11783 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11784 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11785 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11786 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11787 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11788 IsDependent = true; 11789 return nullptr; 11790 } 11791 11792 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11793 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11794 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11795 Name = nullptr; 11796 Invalid = true; 11797 goto CreateNewDecl; 11798 } 11799 } else if (Name) { 11800 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11801 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11802 // name different from T: 11803 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11804 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11805 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11806 return nullptr; 11807 11808 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11809 // declaration or definition. 11810 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11811 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11812 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11813 LookupName(Previous, S); 11814 11815 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11816 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11817 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11818 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11819 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11820 while (F.hasNext()) { 11821 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11822 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11823 F.erase(); 11824 } 11825 F.done(); 11826 } 11827 11828 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11829 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11830 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11831 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11832 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11833 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11834 // 11835 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11836 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11837 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11838 // 11839 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11840 // semantic context? 11841 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11842 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11843 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11844 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11845 while (F.hasNext()) { 11846 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11847 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11848 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11849 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11850 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11851 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11852 else 11853 F.erase(); 11854 } 11855 } 11856 F.done(); 11857 11858 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11859 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11860 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11861 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11862 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11863 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11864 } 11865 } 11866 11867 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11868 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11869 return nullptr; 11870 11871 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11872 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11873 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11874 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11875 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11876 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11877 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11878 } 11879 } 11880 11881 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11882 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11883 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11884 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11885 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11886 Previous.clear(); 11887 } 11888 11889 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11890 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11891 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11892 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11893 11894 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11895 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11896 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11897 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11898 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11899 } 11900 } 11901 11902 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11903 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11904 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11905 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11906 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11907 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11908 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11909 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11910 11911 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11912 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11913 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11914 // 11915 // class-key identifier 11916 // 11917 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11918 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11919 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11920 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11921 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11922 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11923 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11924 // declaration. 11925 // 11926 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11927 // C structs and unions. 11928 // 11929 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11930 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11931 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11932 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11933 // 11934 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11935 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11936 // 11937 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11938 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11939 // lexical context, 11940 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11941 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11942 11943 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11944 while (S->isClassScope() || 11945 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11946 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11947 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11948 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11949 S = S->getParent(); 11950 } else { 11951 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11952 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11953 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11954 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11955 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11956 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11957 } 11958 11959 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11960 // diagnose some problems. 11961 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11962 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11963 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11964 } 11965 } 11966 11967 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 11968 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 11969 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 11970 11971 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11972 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11973 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11974 11975 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11976 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11977 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11978 // in C++. 11979 // 11980 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11981 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11982 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11983 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11984 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11985 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11986 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11987 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11988 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11989 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11990 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11991 PrevDecl = Tag; 11992 Previous.clear(); 11993 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11994 Previous.resolveKind(); 11995 } 11996 } 11997 } 11998 } 11999 12000 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12001 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12002 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12003 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12004 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12005 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12006 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12007 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12008 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12009 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12010 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12011 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12012 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12013 << 0; 12014 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12015 Previous.clear(); 12016 goto CreateNewDecl; 12017 } 12018 } 12019 12020 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12021 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12022 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12023 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12024 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12025 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12026 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12027 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12028 // struct or something similar. 12029 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12030 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12031 Name)) { 12032 bool SafeToContinue 12033 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12034 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12035 if (SafeToContinue) 12036 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12037 << Name 12038 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12039 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12040 else 12041 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12042 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12043 12044 if (SafeToContinue) 12045 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12046 else { 12047 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12048 Name = nullptr; 12049 Previous.clear(); 12050 Invalid = true; 12051 } 12052 } 12053 12054 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12055 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12056 12057 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12058 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12059 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12060 if (ScopedEnum) 12061 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12062 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12063 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12064 return PrevTagDecl; 12065 } 12066 12067 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12068 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12069 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12070 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12071 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12072 12073 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12074 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12075 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12076 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12077 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 12078 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12079 } 12080 12081 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12082 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12083 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12084 // and then later defined. 12085 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12086 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12087 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12088 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12089 } 12090 12091 if (!Invalid) { 12092 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12093 // we have attributes. 12094 12095 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 12096 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 12097 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 12098 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 12099 if (!Attr && 12100 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 12101 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 12102 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 12103 return PrevTagDecl; 12104 12105 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12106 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12107 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12108 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12109 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12110 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12111 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12112 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12113 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12114 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12115 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12116 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12117 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12118 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12119 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12120 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12121 } 12122 12123 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12124 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12125 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12126 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12127 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12128 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12129 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12130 // use it in place of this one. 12131 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12132 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12133 return Def; 12134 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12135 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12136 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12137 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12138 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12139 else 12140 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12141 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12142 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12143 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12144 // references get the previous definition. 12145 Name = nullptr; 12146 Previous.clear(); 12147 Invalid = true; 12148 } 12149 } else { 12150 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12151 // about a nested redefinition. 12152 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12153 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12154 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12155 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12156 diag::note_previous_definition); 12157 Name = nullptr; 12158 Previous.clear(); 12159 Invalid = true; 12160 } 12161 } 12162 12163 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12164 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12165 } 12166 12167 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12168 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12169 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12170 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12171 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12172 AS = AS_none; 12173 } 12174 } 12175 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12176 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12177 12178 } else { 12179 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12180 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12181 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12182 // have distinct types. 12183 Previous.clear(); 12184 } 12185 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12186 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12187 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12188 12189 12190 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12191 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12192 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12193 } else { 12194 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12195 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12196 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12197 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12198 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12199 unsigned Kind = 0; 12200 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12201 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12202 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12203 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12204 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12205 Invalid = true; 12206 12207 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12208 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12209 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12210 // do nothing 12211 12212 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12213 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12214 unsigned Kind = 0; 12215 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12216 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12217 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12218 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12219 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12220 Invalid = true; 12221 12222 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12223 // case here. 12224 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12225 unsigned Kind = 0; 12226 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12227 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12228 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12229 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12230 Invalid = true; 12231 12232 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12233 } else { 12234 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12235 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12236 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12237 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12238 Name = nullptr; 12239 Invalid = true; 12240 } 12241 12242 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12243 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12244 Previous.clear(); 12245 } 12246 } 12247 12248 CreateNewDecl: 12249 12250 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12251 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12252 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12253 12254 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12255 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12256 // keyword. 12257 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12258 12259 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12260 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12261 // PrevDecl. 12262 TagDecl *New; 12263 12264 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12265 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12266 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12267 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12268 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12269 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12270 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12271 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12272 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12273 TagDecl *Def; 12274 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12275 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12276 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12277 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12278 } 12279 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12280 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12281 << New; 12282 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12283 } else { 12284 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12285 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12286 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12287 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12288 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12289 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12290 12291 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12292 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12293 // the declaration context. 12294 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12295 IsForwardReference = true; 12296 } 12297 } 12298 12299 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12300 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12301 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12302 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12303 else 12304 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12305 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12306 } 12307 12308 } else { 12309 // struct/union/class 12310 12311 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12312 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12313 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12314 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12315 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12316 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12317 12318 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12319 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12320 } else 12321 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12322 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12323 } 12324 12325 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12326 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12327 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12328 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12329 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12330 Invalid = true; 12331 } 12332 12333 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12334 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12335 if (SS.isSet()) { 12336 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12337 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12338 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12339 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12340 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12341 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12342 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12343 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12344 Invalid = true; 12345 12346 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12347 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12348 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12349 } 12350 } 12351 else 12352 Invalid = true; 12353 } 12354 12355 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12356 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12357 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12358 // 12359 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12360 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12361 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12362 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12363 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12364 // parsing of the struct). 12365 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12366 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12367 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12368 } 12369 } 12370 12371 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12372 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12373 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12374 << 2 12375 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12376 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12377 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12378 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12379 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12380 New->setModulePrivate(); 12381 } 12382 12383 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12384 // check the specialization. 12385 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12386 Invalid = true; 12387 12388 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12389 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12390 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12391 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12392 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12393 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12394 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12395 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12396 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12397 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12398 << Name; 12399 Invalid = true; 12400 } 12401 } else { 12402 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12403 } 12404 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12405 } 12406 12407 if (Invalid) 12408 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12409 12410 if (Attr) 12411 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12412 12413 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12414 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12415 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12416 12417 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12418 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12419 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12420 // the tag name visible. 12421 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12422 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12423 12424 // Set the access specifier. 12425 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12426 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12427 12428 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12429 New->startDefinition(); 12430 12431 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12432 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12433 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12434 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12435 if (PrevDecl) 12436 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12437 12438 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12439 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12440 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12441 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12442 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12443 } else if (Name) { 12444 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12445 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12446 if (IsForwardReference) 12447 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12448 12449 } else { 12450 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12451 } 12452 12453 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12454 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12455 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12456 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12457 II->isStr("FILE")) 12458 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12459 12460 if (PrevDecl) 12461 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12462 12463 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12464 // record. 12465 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12466 12467 OwnedDecl = true; 12468 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12469 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12470 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12471 } 12472 12473 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12474 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12475 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12476 12477 // Enter the tag context. 12478 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12479 12480 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12481 12482 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12483 // record. 12484 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12485 } 12486 12487 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12488 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12489 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12490 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12491 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12492 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12493 CurContext = OCD; 12494 return IDecl; 12495 } 12496 12497 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12498 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12499 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12500 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12501 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12502 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12503 12504 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12505 12506 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12507 return; 12508 12509 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12510 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12511 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12512 12513 // C++ [class]p2: 12514 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12515 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12516 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12517 // as if it were a public member name. 12518 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12519 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12520 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12521 Record->getIdentifier(), 12522 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12523 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12524 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12525 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12526 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12527 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12528 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12529 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12530 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12531 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12532 } 12533 12534 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12535 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12536 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12537 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12538 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12539 12540 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12541 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12542 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12543 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12544 RD->completeDefinition(); 12545 } 12546 12547 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12548 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12549 12550 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12551 PopDeclContext(); 12552 12553 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12554 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12555 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12556 12557 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12558 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12559 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12560 } 12561 12562 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12563 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12564 PopDeclContext(); 12565 } 12566 12567 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12568 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12569 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12570 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12571 } 12572 12573 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12574 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12575 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12576 } 12577 12578 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12579 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12580 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12581 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12582 12583 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12584 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12585 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12586 RD->completeDefinition(); 12587 } 12588 12589 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12590 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12591 // the FieldCollector. 12592 12593 PopDeclContext(); 12594 } 12595 12596 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12597 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12598 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12599 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12600 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12601 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12602 if (ZeroWidth) 12603 *ZeroWidth = true; 12604 12605 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12606 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12607 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12608 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12609 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12610 return ExprError(); 12611 if (FieldName) 12612 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12613 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12614 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12615 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12616 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12617 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12618 return ExprError(); 12619 12620 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12621 // it now. 12622 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12623 return BitWidth; 12624 12625 llvm::APSInt Value; 12626 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12627 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12628 return ICE; 12629 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12630 12631 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12632 *ZeroWidth = false; 12633 12634 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12635 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12636 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12637 12638 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12639 if (FieldName) 12640 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12641 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12642 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12643 << Value.toString(10); 12644 } 12645 12646 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12647 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12648 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 12649 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 12650 12651 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 12652 // ABI. 12653 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 12654 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12655 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 12656 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 12657 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 12658 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 12659 unsigned DiagWidth = 12660 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 12661 if (FieldName) 12662 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12663 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12664 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 12665 12666 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12667 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 12668 << DiagWidth; 12669 } 12670 12671 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 12672 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 12673 // 'bool'. 12674 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 12675 if (FieldName) 12676 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12677 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12678 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12679 else 12680 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12681 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12682 } 12683 } 12684 12685 return BitWidth; 12686 } 12687 12688 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12689 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12690 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12691 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12692 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12693 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12694 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12695 return Res; 12696 } 12697 12698 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12699 /// 12700 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12701 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12702 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12703 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12704 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12705 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12706 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12707 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12708 12709 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12710 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12711 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12712 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12713 12714 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12715 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12716 D.setInvalidType(); 12717 T = Context.IntTy; 12718 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12719 } 12720 } 12721 12722 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12723 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12724 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12725 D.setInvalidType(); 12726 } 12727 12728 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12729 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12730 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12731 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12732 D.setInvalidType(); 12733 } 12734 12735 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12736 12737 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12738 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12739 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12740 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12741 12742 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12743 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12744 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12745 LookupName(Previous, S); 12746 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12747 case LookupResult::Found: 12748 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12749 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12750 break; 12751 12752 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12753 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12754 break; 12755 12756 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12757 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12758 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12759 break; 12760 } 12761 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12762 12763 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12764 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12765 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12766 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12767 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12768 } 12769 12770 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12771 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12772 12773 bool Mutable 12774 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12775 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12776 FieldDecl *NewFD 12777 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12778 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12779 12780 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12781 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12782 12783 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12784 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12785 12786 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12787 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12788 // with the same name in the same scope. 12789 } else if (II) { 12790 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12791 } else 12792 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12793 12794 return NewFD; 12795 } 12796 12797 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12798 /// 12799 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12800 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12801 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12802 /// created. 12803 /// 12804 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12805 /// 12806 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12807 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12808 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12809 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12810 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12811 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12812 SourceLocation TSSL, 12813 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12814 Declarator *D) { 12815 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12816 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12817 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12818 12819 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12820 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12821 if (T.isNull()) { 12822 InvalidDecl = true; 12823 T = Context.IntTy; 12824 } 12825 12826 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12827 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12828 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12829 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12830 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12831 InvalidDecl = true; 12832 } else { 12833 NamedDecl *Def; 12834 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12835 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12836 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12837 InvalidDecl = true; 12838 } 12839 } 12840 } 12841 12842 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12843 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12844 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12845 InvalidDecl = true; 12846 } 12847 12848 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12849 // than a variably modified type. 12850 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12851 bool SizeIsNegative; 12852 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12853 12854 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12855 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12856 SizeIsNegative, 12857 Oversized); 12858 if (FixedTInfo) { 12859 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12860 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12861 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12862 } else { 12863 if (SizeIsNegative) 12864 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12865 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12866 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12867 << Oversized.toString(10); 12868 else 12869 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12870 InvalidDecl = true; 12871 } 12872 } 12873 12874 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12875 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12876 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12877 AbstractFieldType)) 12878 InvalidDecl = true; 12879 12880 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12881 if (InvalidDecl) 12882 BitWidth = nullptr; 12883 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12884 if (BitWidth) { 12885 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12886 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12887 if (!BitWidth) { 12888 InvalidDecl = true; 12889 BitWidth = nullptr; 12890 ZeroWidth = false; 12891 } 12892 } 12893 12894 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12895 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12896 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12897 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12898 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12899 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12900 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12901 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12902 12903 if (DiagID) { 12904 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12905 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12906 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12907 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12908 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12909 Mutable = false; 12910 InvalidDecl = true; 12911 } 12912 } 12913 } 12914 12915 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12916 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12917 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12918 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12919 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12920 12921 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12922 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12923 if (InvalidDecl) 12924 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12925 12926 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12927 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12928 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12929 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12930 } 12931 12932 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12933 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12934 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12935 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12936 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12937 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12938 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12939 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12940 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12941 // objects. 12942 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12943 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12944 } 12945 } 12946 12947 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12948 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12949 // enabled. 12950 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12951 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12952 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12953 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12954 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12955 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12956 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12957 } 12958 } 12959 } 12960 12961 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12962 // representation, not a parser representation. 12963 if (D) { 12964 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12965 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12966 12967 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12968 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12969 } 12970 12971 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12972 // retainable type. 12973 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12974 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12975 12976 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12977 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12978 12979 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12980 return NewFD; 12981 } 12982 12983 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12984 assert(FD); 12985 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12986 12987 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12988 return false; 12989 12990 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12991 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12992 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12993 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12994 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12995 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12996 // copy constructors. 12997 12998 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12999 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13000 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13001 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13002 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13003 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13004 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13005 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13006 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13007 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13008 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13009 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13010 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13011 member = CXXDestructor; 13012 13013 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13014 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13015 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13016 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13017 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13018 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13019 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13020 // members unavailable. 13021 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13022 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13023 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13024 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13025 "this system field has retaining ownership", 13026 Loc)); 13027 return false; 13028 } 13029 } 13030 13031 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13032 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13033 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13034 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13035 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13036 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13037 } 13038 } 13039 } 13040 13041 return false; 13042 } 13043 13044 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13045 /// AST enum value. 13046 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13047 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13048 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13049 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13050 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13051 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13052 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13053 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13054 } 13055 } 13056 13057 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13058 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13059 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13060 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13061 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13062 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13063 13064 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13065 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13066 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13067 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13068 13069 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13070 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13071 13072 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13073 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13074 13075 if (BitWidth) { 13076 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13077 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13078 if (!BitWidth) 13079 D.setInvalidType(); 13080 } else { 13081 // Not a bitfield. 13082 13083 // validate II. 13084 13085 } 13086 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13087 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13088 D.setInvalidType(); 13089 } 13090 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13091 // than a variably modified type. 13092 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13093 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13094 D.setInvalidType(); 13095 } 13096 13097 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13098 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13099 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13100 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13101 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13102 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13103 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13104 return nullptr; 13105 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13106 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13107 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13108 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13109 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13110 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13111 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13112 } 13113 else 13114 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13115 } else { 13116 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13117 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13118 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13119 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13120 return nullptr; 13121 } 13122 } 13123 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13124 } 13125 13126 // Construct the decl. 13127 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13128 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13129 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13130 13131 if (II) { 13132 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13133 ForRedeclaration); 13134 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13135 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13136 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13137 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13138 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13139 } 13140 } 13141 13142 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13143 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13144 13145 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13146 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13147 13148 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13149 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13150 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13151 13152 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13153 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13154 13155 if (II) { 13156 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13157 // these to the interface. 13158 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13159 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13160 } 13161 13162 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13163 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13164 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13165 13166 return NewID; 13167 } 13168 13169 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13170 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13171 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13172 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13173 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13174 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13175 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13176 return; 13177 13178 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13179 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13180 13181 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13182 return; 13183 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13184 if (!ID) { 13185 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13186 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13187 return; 13188 } 13189 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13190 else 13191 return; 13192 } 13193 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13194 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13195 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13196 13197 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13198 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13199 Context.CharTy, 13200 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13201 DeclLoc), 13202 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13203 true); 13204 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13205 } 13206 13207 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13208 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13209 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13210 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13211 13212 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13213 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13214 // it will now change. 13215 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13216 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13217 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13218 default: break; 13219 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13220 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13221 break; 13222 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13223 Context. 13224 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13225 break; 13226 } 13227 } 13228 13229 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13230 13231 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13232 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13233 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13234 if (Record) { 13235 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13236 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13237 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13238 ++NumNamedMembers; 13239 } 13240 } 13241 13242 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13243 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13244 13245 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13246 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13247 i != end; ++i) { 13248 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13249 13250 // Get the type for the field. 13251 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13252 13253 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13254 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13255 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13256 } 13257 13258 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13259 // diagnostics about it. 13260 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13261 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13262 continue; 13263 } 13264 13265 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13266 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13267 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13268 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13269 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13270 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13271 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13272 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13273 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13274 // array. 13275 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13276 // Field declared as a function. 13277 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13278 << FD->getDeclName(); 13279 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13280 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13281 continue; 13282 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13283 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13284 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13285 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13286 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13287 // Flexible array member. 13288 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13289 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13290 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13291 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13292 if (Record->isUnion()) 13293 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13294 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13295 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13296 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13297 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13298 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13299 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13300 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13301 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13302 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13303 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13304 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13305 : 0; 13306 13307 if (DiagID) 13308 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13309 << Record->getTagKind(); 13310 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13311 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13312 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13313 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13314 // of the type. 13315 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13316 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13317 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13318 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13319 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13320 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13321 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13322 13323 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13324 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13325 // 13326 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13327 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13328 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13329 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13330 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13331 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13332 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13333 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13334 continue; 13335 } 13336 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13337 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13338 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13339 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13340 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13341 // Incomplete type 13342 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13343 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13344 continue; 13345 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13346 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13347 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13348 // flexible array member. 13349 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13350 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13351 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13352 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13353 // structures. 13354 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13355 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13356 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13357 else { 13358 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13359 // other structs as an extension. 13360 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13361 << FD->getDeclName(); 13362 } 13363 } 13364 } 13365 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13366 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13367 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13368 AbstractIvarType)) { 13369 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13370 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13371 } 13372 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13373 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13374 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13375 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13376 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13377 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13378 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13379 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13380 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13381 FD->setType(T); 13382 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13383 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13384 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13385 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13386 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13387 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13388 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13389 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13390 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13391 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13392 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13393 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13394 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13395 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13396 "this system field has retaining ownership", 13397 loc)); 13398 } 13399 } else { 13400 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13401 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13402 } 13403 ARCErrReported = true; 13404 } 13405 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13406 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13407 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13408 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13409 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13410 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13411 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13412 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13413 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13414 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13415 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13416 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13417 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13418 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13419 } 13420 } 13421 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13422 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13423 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13424 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13425 ++NumNamedMembers; 13426 } 13427 13428 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13429 if (Record) { 13430 bool Completed = false; 13431 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13432 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13433 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13434 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13435 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13436 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13437 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13438 13439 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13440 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13441 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13442 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13443 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13444 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13445 } 13446 13447 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13448 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13449 13450 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13451 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13452 // problem now. 13453 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13454 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13455 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13456 13457 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13458 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13459 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13460 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13461 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13462 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13463 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13464 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13465 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13466 continue; 13467 13468 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13469 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13470 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13471 // program is ill-formed. 13472 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13473 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13474 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13475 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13476 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13477 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13478 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13479 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13480 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13481 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13482 13483 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13484 } 13485 } 13486 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13487 Completed = true; 13488 } 13489 } 13490 } 13491 } 13492 13493 if (!Completed) 13494 Record->completeDefinition(); 13495 13496 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13497 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13498 13499 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13500 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13501 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13502 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13503 } 13504 13505 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13506 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13507 // compatibility problems. 13508 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13509 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13510 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13511 } else { 13512 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13513 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13514 CheckForZeroSize = 13515 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13516 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13517 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13518 } 13519 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13520 bool ZeroSize = true; 13521 bool IsEmpty = true; 13522 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13523 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13524 E = Record->field_end(); 13525 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13526 IsEmpty = false; 13527 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13528 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13529 ZeroSize = false; 13530 } else { 13531 ++NonBitFields; 13532 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13533 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13534 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13535 ZeroSize = false; 13536 } 13537 } 13538 13539 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13540 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13541 // extern "C" block. 13542 if (ZeroSize) { 13543 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13544 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13545 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13546 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13547 } 13548 13549 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13550 // but are accepted by GCC. 13551 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13552 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13553 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13554 << Record->isUnion(); 13555 } 13556 } 13557 } else { 13558 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13559 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13560 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13561 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13562 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13563 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13564 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13565 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13566 } 13567 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13568 // duplicates. 13569 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13570 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13571 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13572 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13573 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13574 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13575 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13576 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13577 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13578 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13579 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13580 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13581 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13582 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13583 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13584 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13585 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13586 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13587 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13588 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13589 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13590 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13591 if (IDecl) { 13592 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13593 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13594 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13595 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13596 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13597 continue; 13598 } 13599 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13600 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13601 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13602 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13603 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13604 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13605 continue; 13606 } 13607 } 13608 } 13609 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13610 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13611 } 13612 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13613 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13614 } 13615 } 13616 13617 if (Attr) 13618 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13619 } 13620 13621 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13622 /// the given type T. 13623 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13624 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13625 QualType T) { 13626 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13627 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13628 13629 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13630 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13631 --BitWidth; 13632 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13633 } 13634 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13635 } 13636 13637 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13638 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13639 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13640 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13641 // enum checking below. 13642 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13643 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13644 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13645 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13646 }; 13647 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13648 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13649 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13650 }; 13651 13652 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13653 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13654 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13655 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13656 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13657 return Types[I]; 13658 13659 return QualType(); 13660 } 13661 13662 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13663 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13664 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13665 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13666 Expr *Val) { 13667 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13668 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13669 QualType EltTy; 13670 13671 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13672 Val = nullptr; 13673 13674 if (Val) 13675 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13676 13677 if (Val) { 13678 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13679 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13680 else { 13681 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13682 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13683 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13684 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13685 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13686 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13687 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13688 ExprResult Converted = 13689 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13690 CCEK_Enumerator); 13691 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13692 Val = nullptr; 13693 else 13694 Val = Converted.get(); 13695 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13696 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13697 &EnumVal).get())) { 13698 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13699 } else { 13700 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13701 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13702 13703 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13704 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13705 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13706 // expression checking. 13707 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13708 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13709 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13710 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13711 } else 13712 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13713 } else 13714 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13715 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13716 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13717 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13718 // is the type of its initializing value: 13719 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13720 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13721 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13722 } else { 13723 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13724 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13725 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13726 // representable as an int. 13727 13728 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13729 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13730 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13731 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13732 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13733 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13734 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13735 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13736 } 13737 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13738 } 13739 } 13740 } 13741 } 13742 13743 if (!Val) { 13744 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13745 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13746 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13747 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13748 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13749 // is the type of its initializing value: 13750 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13751 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13752 // 13753 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13754 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13755 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13756 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13757 } 13758 else { 13759 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13760 } 13761 } else { 13762 // Assign the last value + 1. 13763 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13764 ++EnumVal; 13765 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13766 13767 // Check for overflow on increment. 13768 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13769 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13770 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13771 // is the type of its initializing value: 13772 // 13773 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13774 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13775 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13776 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13777 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13778 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13779 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13780 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13781 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13782 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13783 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13784 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13785 ++EnumVal; 13786 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13787 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13788 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13789 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13790 << EltTy; 13791 else 13792 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13793 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13794 } else { 13795 EltTy = T; 13796 } 13797 13798 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13799 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13800 // value, then increment. 13801 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13802 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13803 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13804 ++EnumVal; 13805 13806 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13807 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13808 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13809 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13810 // integral type. 13811 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13812 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13813 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13814 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13815 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13816 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13817 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13818 } 13819 } 13820 } 13821 13822 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13823 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13824 // enumerator's type. 13825 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13826 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13827 } 13828 13829 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13830 Val, EnumVal); 13831 } 13832 13833 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 13834 SourceLocation IILoc) { 13835 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 13836 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13837 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13838 13839 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 13840 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 13841 // skip the body. 13842 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13843 ForRedeclaration); 13844 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 13845 NamedDecl *Hidden; 13846 if (PrevECD && 13847 !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()), 13848 &Hidden)) { 13849 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 13850 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 13851 return Skip; 13852 } 13853 13854 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13855 } 13856 13857 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13858 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13859 AttributeList *Attr, 13860 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13861 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13862 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13863 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13864 13865 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13866 // we find one that is. 13867 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13868 13869 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13870 // scope. 13871 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13872 ForRedeclaration); 13873 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13874 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13875 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13876 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13877 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13878 } 13879 13880 if (PrevDecl) { 13881 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13882 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13883 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13884 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13885 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13886 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13887 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13888 else 13889 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13890 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13891 return nullptr; 13892 } 13893 } 13894 13895 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13896 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13897 // different from T: 13898 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13899 // enumerated type 13900 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 13901 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 13902 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 13903 13904 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13905 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13906 13907 if (New) { 13908 // Process attributes. 13909 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13910 13911 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13912 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13913 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13914 } 13915 13916 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13917 13918 return New; 13919 } 13920 13921 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13922 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13923 // Element2 = Element1 13924 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13925 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13926 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13927 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13928 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13929 if (!InitExpr) 13930 return true; 13931 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13932 13933 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13934 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13935 return true; 13936 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13937 if (!IL) 13938 return true; 13939 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13940 return true; 13941 13942 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13943 } 13944 13945 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13946 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13947 if (!DRE) 13948 return true; 13949 13950 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13951 if (!EnumConstant) 13952 return true; 13953 13954 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13955 Enum) 13956 return true; 13957 13958 return false; 13959 } 13960 13961 struct DupKey { 13962 int64_t val; 13963 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13964 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13965 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13966 }; 13967 13968 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13969 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13970 false); 13971 } 13972 13973 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13974 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13975 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13976 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13977 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13978 } 13979 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13980 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13981 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13982 } 13983 }; 13984 13985 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13986 // a previous element has already been set to. 13987 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13988 EnumDecl *Enum, 13989 QualType EnumType) { 13990 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13991 return; 13992 // Avoid anonymous enums 13993 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13994 return; 13995 13996 // Only check for small enums. 13997 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13998 return; 13999 14000 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14001 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14002 14003 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14004 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14005 ValueToVectorMap; 14006 14007 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14008 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14009 14010 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14011 // an initialier. 14012 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14013 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14014 14015 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14016 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14017 if (!ECD) { 14018 return; 14019 } 14020 14021 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14022 continue; 14023 14024 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14025 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14026 14027 // First time encountering this value. 14028 if (Entry.isNull()) 14029 Entry = ECD; 14030 } 14031 14032 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14033 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14034 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14035 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14036 continue; 14037 14038 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14039 14040 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14041 if (Entry.isNull()) 14042 continue; 14043 14044 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14045 // Ensure constants are different. 14046 if (D == ECD) 14047 continue; 14048 14049 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14050 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14051 Vec->push_back(D); 14052 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14053 14054 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14055 Entry = Vec; 14056 14057 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14058 // diagnostics. 14059 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14060 continue; 14061 } 14062 14063 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14064 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14065 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14066 continue; 14067 14068 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14069 } 14070 14071 // Emit diagnostics. 14072 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14073 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14074 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14075 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14076 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14077 14078 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14079 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14080 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14081 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14082 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14083 ++I; 14084 14085 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14086 // the same value. 14087 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14088 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14089 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14090 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14091 delete Vec; 14092 } 14093 } 14094 14095 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14096 bool AllowMask) const { 14097 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14098 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14099 14100 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14101 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14102 14103 if (R.second) { 14104 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14105 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14106 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14107 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14108 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14109 } 14110 } 14111 14112 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14113 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14114 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14115 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14116 // 14117 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14118 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14119 // likely a logic error. 14120 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14121 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14122 } 14123 14124 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14125 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14126 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14127 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14128 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14129 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14130 14131 if (Attr) 14132 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14133 14134 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14135 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14136 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14137 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14138 if (!ECD) continue; 14139 14140 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14141 } 14142 14143 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14144 return; 14145 } 14146 14147 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14148 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14149 // emit a warning. 14150 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14151 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14152 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14153 14154 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14155 // reverse the list. 14156 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14157 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14158 14159 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14160 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14161 14162 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14163 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14164 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14165 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14166 14167 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14168 14169 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14170 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14171 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14172 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14173 else 14174 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14175 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14176 14177 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14178 if (AllElementsInt) 14179 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14180 } 14181 14182 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14183 QualType BestType; 14184 unsigned BestWidth; 14185 14186 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14187 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14188 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14189 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14190 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14191 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14192 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14193 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14194 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14195 QualType BestPromotionType; 14196 14197 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14198 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14199 // enum definitions. 14200 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14201 Packed = true; 14202 14203 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14204 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14205 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14206 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14207 else 14208 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14209 14210 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14211 } 14212 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14213 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14214 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14215 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14216 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14217 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14218 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14219 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14220 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14221 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14222 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14223 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14224 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14225 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14226 } else { 14227 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14228 14229 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14230 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14231 } else { 14232 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14233 14234 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14235 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14236 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14237 } 14238 } 14239 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14240 } else { 14241 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14242 // all of the enumerator values. 14243 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14244 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14245 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14246 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14247 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14248 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14249 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14250 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14251 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14252 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14253 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14254 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14255 BestPromotionType 14256 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14257 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14258 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14259 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14260 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14261 BestPromotionType 14262 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14263 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14264 } else { 14265 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14266 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14267 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14268 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14269 BestPromotionType 14270 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14271 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14272 } 14273 } 14274 14275 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14276 // the type of the enum if needed. 14277 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14278 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14279 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14280 14281 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14282 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14283 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14284 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14285 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14286 14287 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14288 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14289 14290 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14291 // the enum decl type. 14292 QualType NewTy; 14293 unsigned NewWidth; 14294 bool NewSign; 14295 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14296 !Enum->isFixed() && 14297 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14298 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14299 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14300 NewSign = true; 14301 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14302 // Already the right type! 14303 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14304 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14305 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14306 // enumeration. 14307 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14308 continue; 14309 } else { 14310 NewTy = BestType; 14311 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14312 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14313 } 14314 14315 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14316 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14317 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14318 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14319 14320 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14321 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14322 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14323 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14324 CK_IntegralCast, 14325 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14326 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14327 VK_RValue)); 14328 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14329 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14330 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14331 // enumeration. 14332 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14333 else 14334 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14335 } 14336 14337 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14338 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14339 14340 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14341 14342 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14343 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14344 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14345 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14346 14347 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14348 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14349 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14350 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14351 << ECD << Enum; 14352 } 14353 } 14354 14355 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14356 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14357 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14358 } 14359 14360 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14361 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14362 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14363 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14364 14365 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14366 AsmString, StartLoc, 14367 EndLoc); 14368 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14369 return New; 14370 } 14371 14372 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14373 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14374 DeclContext *DC) { 14375 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14376 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14377 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14378 if (!M->IsExternC) { 14379 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 14380 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14381 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14382 return; 14383 } 14384 break; 14385 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14386 break; 14387 } 14388 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14389 } 14390 14391 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14392 DC = DC->getParent(); 14393 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14394 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14395 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14396 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14397 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14398 } 14399 } 14400 14401 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14402 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14403 } 14404 14405 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14406 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14407 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14408 Module *Mod = 14409 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14410 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14411 if (!Mod) 14412 return true; 14413 14414 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14415 14416 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14417 14418 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14419 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14420 // silently ignoring the import. 14421 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14422 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14423 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14424 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14425 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14426 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14427 14428 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14429 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14430 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14431 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14432 // We need the length to be consistent. 14433 if (!ModCheck) 14434 break; 14435 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14436 14437 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14438 } 14439 14440 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14441 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14442 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14443 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14444 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14445 return Import; 14446 } 14447 14448 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14449 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14450 14451 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14452 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14453 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14454 // 14455 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14456 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14457 TUKind == TU_Module && 14458 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14459 14460 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14461 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14462 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14463 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14464 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14465 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14466 DirectiveLoc); 14467 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14468 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14469 } 14470 14471 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14472 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14473 } 14474 14475 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14476 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14477 14478 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14479 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14480 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14481 } 14482 14483 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14484 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14485 14486 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14487 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14488 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14489 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14490 } 14491 } 14492 14493 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14494 Module *Mod) { 14495 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14496 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14497 return; 14498 14499 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14500 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14501 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14502 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14503 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14504 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14505 14506 // Make the module visible. 14507 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14508 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14509 } 14510 14511 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14512 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14513 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14514 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14515 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14516 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14517 LookupOrdinaryName); 14518 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14519 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14520 14521 // If a declaration that: 14522 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14523 // 2) has external linkage 14524 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14525 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14526 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14527 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14528 else 14529 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14530 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14531 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14532 } else 14533 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14534 } 14535 14536 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14537 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14538 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14539 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14540 14541 if (PrevDecl) { 14542 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14543 } else { 14544 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14545 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14546 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14547 } 14548 } 14549 14550 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14551 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14552 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14553 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14554 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14555 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14556 LookupOrdinaryName); 14557 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14558 14559 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14560 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14561 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14562 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14563 } else { 14564 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14565 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14566 } 14567 } 14568 14569 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14570 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14571 } 14572 14573 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14574 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14575 if (!D) 14576 return AR_Available; 14577 14578 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14579 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14580 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14581 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14582 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14583 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14584 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14585 if (R != AR_Available) 14586 return R; 14587 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14588 } 14589 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14590 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14591 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14592 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14593 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14594 } 14595 // Recover from user error. 14596 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14597 } 14598